]> git.saurik.com Git - bison.git/blob - doc/bison.texinfo
Support a file name argument to %defines. Deprecate `=' in
[bison.git] / doc / bison.texinfo
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*-
2 @comment %**start of header
3 @setfilename bison.info
4 @include version.texi
5 @settitle Bison @value{VERSION}
6 @setchapternewpage odd
7
8 @finalout
9
10 @c SMALL BOOK version
11 @c This edition has been formatted so that you can format and print it in
12 @c the smallbook format.
13 @c @smallbook
14
15 @c Set following if you want to document %default-prec and %no-default-prec.
16 @c This feature is experimental and may change in future Bison versions.
17 @c @set defaultprec
18
19 @ifnotinfo
20 @syncodeindex fn cp
21 @syncodeindex vr cp
22 @syncodeindex tp cp
23 @end ifnotinfo
24 @ifinfo
25 @synindex fn cp
26 @synindex vr cp
27 @synindex tp cp
28 @end ifinfo
29 @comment %**end of header
30
31 @copying
32
33 This manual is for @acronym{GNU} Bison (version @value{VERSION},
34 @value{UPDATED}), the @acronym{GNU} parser generator.
35
36 Copyright @copyright{} 1988, 1989, 1990, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1995, 1998,
37 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
38
39 @quotation
40 Permission is granted to copy, distribute and/or modify this document
41 under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License,
42 Version 1.2 or any later version published by the Free Software
43 Foundation; with no Invariant Sections, with the Front-Cover texts
44 being ``A @acronym{GNU} Manual,'' and with the Back-Cover Texts as in
45 (a) below. A copy of the license is included in the section entitled
46 ``@acronym{GNU} Free Documentation License.''
47
48 (a) The @acronym{FSF}'s Back-Cover Text is: ``You have freedom to copy
49 and modify this @acronym{GNU} Manual, like @acronym{GNU} software.
50 Copies published by the Free Software Foundation raise funds for
51 @acronym{GNU} development.''
52 @end quotation
53 @end copying
54
55 @dircategory Software development
56 @direntry
57 * bison: (bison). @acronym{GNU} parser generator (Yacc replacement).
58 @end direntry
59
60 @titlepage
61 @title Bison
62 @subtitle The Yacc-compatible Parser Generator
63 @subtitle @value{UPDATED}, Bison Version @value{VERSION}
64
65 @author by Charles Donnelly and Richard Stallman
66
67 @page
68 @vskip 0pt plus 1filll
69 @insertcopying
70 @sp 2
71 Published by the Free Software Foundation @*
72 51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor @*
73 Boston, MA 02110-1301 USA @*
74 Printed copies are available from the Free Software Foundation.@*
75 @acronym{ISBN} 1-882114-44-2
76 @sp 2
77 Cover art by Etienne Suvasa.
78 @end titlepage
79
80 @contents
81
82 @ifnottex
83 @node Top
84 @top Bison
85 @insertcopying
86 @end ifnottex
87
88 @menu
89 * Introduction::
90 * Conditions::
91 * Copying:: The @acronym{GNU} General Public License says
92 how you can copy and share Bison
93
94 Tutorial sections:
95 * Concepts:: Basic concepts for understanding Bison.
96 * Examples:: Three simple explained examples of using Bison.
97
98 Reference sections:
99 * Grammar File:: Writing Bison declarations and rules.
100 * Interface:: C-language interface to the parser function @code{yyparse}.
101 * Algorithm:: How the Bison parser works at run-time.
102 * Error Recovery:: Writing rules for error recovery.
103 * Context Dependency:: What to do if your language syntax is too
104 messy for Bison to handle straightforwardly.
105 * Debugging:: Understanding or debugging Bison parsers.
106 * Invocation:: How to run Bison (to produce the parser source file).
107 * C++ Language Interface:: Creating C++ parser objects.
108 * FAQ:: Frequently Asked Questions
109 * Table of Symbols:: All the keywords of the Bison language are explained.
110 * Glossary:: Basic concepts are explained.
111 * Copying This Manual:: License for copying this manual.
112 * Index:: Cross-references to the text.
113
114 @detailmenu
115 --- The Detailed Node Listing ---
116
117 The Concepts of Bison
118
119 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
120 as mathematical ideas.
121 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
122 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
123 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
124 the name of an identifier, etc.).
125 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
126 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
127 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
128 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
129 how is the output used?
130 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
131 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
132
133 Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
134
135 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
136 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
137 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
138 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
139
140 Examples
141
142 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
143 a first example with no operator precedence.
144 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
145 Operator precedence is introduced.
146 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
147 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
148 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
149 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
150 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
151
152 Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
153
154 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
155 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
156 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
157 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
158 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
159 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
160 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
161
162 Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
163
164 * Rpcalc Input::
165 * Rpcalc Line::
166 * Rpcalc Expr::
167
168 Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
169
170 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
171 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
172 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
173
174 Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
175
176 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
177 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
178 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
179
180 Bison Grammar Files
181
182 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
183 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
184 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
185 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
186 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
187 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
188 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
189 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
190
191 Outline of a Bison Grammar
192
193 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
194 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
195 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
196 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
197 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
198
199 Defining Language Semantics
200
201 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
202 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
203 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
204 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
205 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
206 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
207 action in the middle of a rule.
208
209 Tracking Locations
210
211 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
212 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
213 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
214
215 Bison Declarations
216
217 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
218 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
219 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
220 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
221 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
222 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
223 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
224 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
225 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
226 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
227 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
228
229 Parser C-Language Interface
230
231 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
232 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
233 which reads tokens.
234 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
235 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
236 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
237 native language.
238
239 The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
240
241 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
242 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
243 of the token it has read.
244 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
245 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
246 actions want that.
247 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
248 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
249
250 The Bison Parser Algorithm
251
252 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
253 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
254 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
255 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
256 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
257 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
258 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
259 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
260 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
261
262 Operator Precedence
263
264 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
265 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
266 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
267 * How Precedence:: How they work.
268
269 Handling Context Dependencies
270
271 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
272 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
273 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
274 error recovery rules must be written.
275
276 Debugging Your Parser
277
278 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
279 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
280
281 Invoking Bison
282
283 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
284 in alphabetical order by short options.
285 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
286 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
287
288 C++ Language Interface
289
290 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
291 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
292
293 C++ Parsers
294
295 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
296 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
297 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
298 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
299 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
300
301 A Complete C++ Example
302
303 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
304 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
305 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
306 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
307 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
308
309 Frequently Asked Questions
310
311 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
312 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
313 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
314 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
315 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
316 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
317 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
318 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
319 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
320 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
321 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
322 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
323
324 Copying This Manual
325
326 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
327
328 @end detailmenu
329 @end menu
330
331 @node Introduction
332 @unnumbered Introduction
333 @cindex introduction
334
335 @dfn{Bison} is a general-purpose parser generator that converts an
336 annotated context-free grammar into an @acronym{LALR}(1) or
337 @acronym{GLR} parser for that grammar. Once you are proficient with
338 Bison, you can use it to develop a wide range of language parsers, from those
339 used in simple desk calculators to complex programming languages.
340
341 Bison is upward compatible with Yacc: all properly-written Yacc grammars
342 ought to work with Bison with no change. Anyone familiar with Yacc
343 should be able to use Bison with little trouble. You need to be fluent in
344 C or C++ programming in order to use Bison or to understand this manual.
345
346 We begin with tutorial chapters that explain the basic concepts of using
347 Bison and show three explained examples, each building on the last. If you
348 don't know Bison or Yacc, start by reading these chapters. Reference
349 chapters follow which describe specific aspects of Bison in detail.
350
351 Bison was written primarily by Robert Corbett; Richard Stallman made it
352 Yacc-compatible. Wilfred Hansen of Carnegie Mellon University added
353 multi-character string literals and other features.
354
355 This edition corresponds to version @value{VERSION} of Bison.
356
357 @node Conditions
358 @unnumbered Conditions for Using Bison
359
360 The distribution terms for Bison-generated parsers permit using the
361 parsers in nonfree programs. Before Bison version 2.2, these extra
362 permissions applied only when Bison was generating @acronym{LALR}(1)
363 parsers in C@. And before Bison version 1.24, Bison-generated
364 parsers could be used only in programs that were free software.
365
366 The other @acronym{GNU} programming tools, such as the @acronym{GNU} C
367 compiler, have never
368 had such a requirement. They could always be used for nonfree
369 software. The reason Bison was different was not due to a special
370 policy decision; it resulted from applying the usual General Public
371 License to all of the Bison source code.
372
373 The output of the Bison utility---the Bison parser file---contains a
374 verbatim copy of a sizable piece of Bison, which is the code for the
375 parser's implementation. (The actions from your grammar are inserted
376 into this implementation at one point, but most of the rest of the
377 implementation is not changed.) When we applied the @acronym{GPL}
378 terms to the skeleton code for the parser's implementation,
379 the effect was to restrict the use of Bison output to free software.
380
381 We didn't change the terms because of sympathy for people who want to
382 make software proprietary. @strong{Software should be free.} But we
383 concluded that limiting Bison's use to free software was doing little to
384 encourage people to make other software free. So we decided to make the
385 practical conditions for using Bison match the practical conditions for
386 using the other @acronym{GNU} tools.
387
388 This exception applies when Bison is generating code for a parser.
389 You can tell whether the exception applies to a Bison output file by
390 inspecting the file for text beginning with ``As a special
391 exception@dots{}''. The text spells out the exact terms of the
392 exception.
393
394 @include gpl.texi
395
396 @node Concepts
397 @chapter The Concepts of Bison
398
399 This chapter introduces many of the basic concepts without which the
400 details of Bison will not make sense. If you do not already know how to
401 use Bison or Yacc, we suggest you start by reading this chapter carefully.
402
403 @menu
404 * Language and Grammar:: Languages and context-free grammars,
405 as mathematical ideas.
406 * Grammar in Bison:: How we represent grammars for Bison's sake.
407 * Semantic Values:: Each token or syntactic grouping can have
408 a semantic value (the value of an integer,
409 the name of an identifier, etc.).
410 * Semantic Actions:: Each rule can have an action containing C code.
411 * GLR Parsers:: Writing parsers for general context-free languages.
412 * Locations Overview:: Tracking Locations.
413 * Bison Parser:: What are Bison's input and output,
414 how is the output used?
415 * Stages:: Stages in writing and running Bison grammars.
416 * Grammar Layout:: Overall structure of a Bison grammar file.
417 @end menu
418
419 @node Language and Grammar
420 @section Languages and Context-Free Grammars
421
422 @cindex context-free grammar
423 @cindex grammar, context-free
424 In order for Bison to parse a language, it must be described by a
425 @dfn{context-free grammar}. This means that you specify one or more
426 @dfn{syntactic groupings} and give rules for constructing them from their
427 parts. For example, in the C language, one kind of grouping is called an
428 `expression'. One rule for making an expression might be, ``An expression
429 can be made of a minus sign and another expression''. Another would be,
430 ``An expression can be an integer''. As you can see, rules are often
431 recursive, but there must be at least one rule which leads out of the
432 recursion.
433
434 @cindex @acronym{BNF}
435 @cindex Backus-Naur form
436 The most common formal system for presenting such rules for humans to read
437 is @dfn{Backus-Naur Form} or ``@acronym{BNF}'', which was developed in
438 order to specify the language Algol 60. Any grammar expressed in
439 @acronym{BNF} is a context-free grammar. The input to Bison is
440 essentially machine-readable @acronym{BNF}.
441
442 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars
443 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1) grammars
444 There are various important subclasses of context-free grammar. Although it
445 can handle almost all context-free grammars, Bison is optimized for what
446 are called @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars.
447 In brief, in these grammars, it must be possible to
448 tell how to parse any portion of an input string with just a single
449 token of lookahead. Strictly speaking, that is a description of an
450 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar, and @acronym{LALR}(1) involves additional
451 restrictions that are
452 hard to explain simply; but it is rare in actual practice to find an
453 @acronym{LR}(1) grammar that fails to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
454 @xref{Mystery Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}, for
455 more information on this.
456
457 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
458 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
459 @cindex ambiguous grammars
460 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
461
462 Parsers for @acronym{LALR}(1) grammars are @dfn{deterministic}, meaning
463 roughly that the next grammar rule to apply at any point in the input is
464 uniquely determined by the preceding input and a fixed, finite portion
465 (called a @dfn{lookahead}) of the remaining input. A context-free
466 grammar can be @dfn{ambiguous}, meaning that there are multiple ways to
467 apply the grammar rules to get the same inputs. Even unambiguous
468 grammars can be @dfn{nondeterministic}, meaning that no fixed
469 lookahead always suffices to determine the next grammar rule to apply.
470 With the proper declarations, Bison is also able to parse these more
471 general context-free grammars, using a technique known as @acronym{GLR}
472 parsing (for Generalized @acronym{LR}). Bison's @acronym{GLR} parsers
473 are able to handle any context-free grammar for which the number of
474 possible parses of any given string is finite.
475
476 @cindex symbols (abstract)
477 @cindex token
478 @cindex syntactic grouping
479 @cindex grouping, syntactic
480 In the formal grammatical rules for a language, each kind of syntactic
481 unit or grouping is named by a @dfn{symbol}. Those which are built by
482 grouping smaller constructs according to grammatical rules are called
483 @dfn{nonterminal symbols}; those which can't be subdivided are called
484 @dfn{terminal symbols} or @dfn{token types}. We call a piece of input
485 corresponding to a single terminal symbol a @dfn{token}, and a piece
486 corresponding to a single nonterminal symbol a @dfn{grouping}.
487
488 We can use the C language as an example of what symbols, terminal and
489 nonterminal, mean. The tokens of C are identifiers, constants (numeric
490 and string), and the various keywords, arithmetic operators and
491 punctuation marks. So the terminal symbols of a grammar for C include
492 `identifier', `number', `string', plus one symbol for each keyword,
493 operator or punctuation mark: `if', `return', `const', `static', `int',
494 `char', `plus-sign', `open-brace', `close-brace', `comma' and many more.
495 (These tokens can be subdivided into characters, but that is a matter of
496 lexicography, not grammar.)
497
498 Here is a simple C function subdivided into tokens:
499
500 @ifinfo
501 @example
502 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
503 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int',}
504 @r{identifier, close-paren} */
505 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
506 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk,}
507 @r{identifier, semicolon} */
508 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
509 @end example
510 @end ifinfo
511 @ifnotinfo
512 @example
513 int /* @r{keyword `int'} */
514 square (int x) /* @r{identifier, open-paren, keyword `int', identifier, close-paren} */
515 @{ /* @r{open-brace} */
516 return x * x; /* @r{keyword `return', identifier, asterisk, identifier, semicolon} */
517 @} /* @r{close-brace} */
518 @end example
519 @end ifnotinfo
520
521 The syntactic groupings of C include the expression, the statement, the
522 declaration, and the function definition. These are represented in the
523 grammar of C by nonterminal symbols `expression', `statement',
524 `declaration' and `function definition'. The full grammar uses dozens of
525 additional language constructs, each with its own nonterminal symbol, in
526 order to express the meanings of these four. The example above is a
527 function definition; it contains one declaration, and one statement. In
528 the statement, each @samp{x} is an expression and so is @samp{x * x}.
529
530 Each nonterminal symbol must have grammatical rules showing how it is made
531 out of simpler constructs. For example, one kind of C statement is the
532 @code{return} statement; this would be described with a grammar rule which
533 reads informally as follows:
534
535 @quotation
536 A `statement' can be made of a `return' keyword, an `expression' and a
537 `semicolon'.
538 @end quotation
539
540 @noindent
541 There would be many other rules for `statement', one for each kind of
542 statement in C.
543
544 @cindex start symbol
545 One nonterminal symbol must be distinguished as the special one which
546 defines a complete utterance in the language. It is called the @dfn{start
547 symbol}. In a compiler, this means a complete input program. In the C
548 language, the nonterminal symbol `sequence of definitions and declarations'
549 plays this role.
550
551 For example, @samp{1 + 2} is a valid C expression---a valid part of a C
552 program---but it is not valid as an @emph{entire} C program. In the
553 context-free grammar of C, this follows from the fact that `expression' is
554 not the start symbol.
555
556 The Bison parser reads a sequence of tokens as its input, and groups the
557 tokens using the grammar rules. If the input is valid, the end result is
558 that the entire token sequence reduces to a single grouping whose symbol is
559 the grammar's start symbol. If we use a grammar for C, the entire input
560 must be a `sequence of definitions and declarations'. If not, the parser
561 reports a syntax error.
562
563 @node Grammar in Bison
564 @section From Formal Rules to Bison Input
565 @cindex Bison grammar
566 @cindex grammar, Bison
567 @cindex formal grammar
568
569 A formal grammar is a mathematical construct. To define the language
570 for Bison, you must write a file expressing the grammar in Bison syntax:
571 a @dfn{Bison grammar} file. @xref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}.
572
573 A nonterminal symbol in the formal grammar is represented in Bison input
574 as an identifier, like an identifier in C@. By convention, it should be
575 in lower case, such as @code{expr}, @code{stmt} or @code{declaration}.
576
577 The Bison representation for a terminal symbol is also called a @dfn{token
578 type}. Token types as well can be represented as C-like identifiers. By
579 convention, these identifiers should be upper case to distinguish them from
580 nonterminals: for example, @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER}, @code{IF} or
581 @code{RETURN}. A terminal symbol that stands for a particular keyword in
582 the language should be named after that keyword converted to upper case.
583 The terminal symbol @code{error} is reserved for error recovery.
584 @xref{Symbols}.
585
586 A terminal symbol can also be represented as a character literal, just like
587 a C character constant. You should do this whenever a token is just a
588 single character (parenthesis, plus-sign, etc.): use that same character in
589 a literal as the terminal symbol for that token.
590
591 A third way to represent a terminal symbol is with a C string constant
592 containing several characters. @xref{Symbols}, for more information.
593
594 The grammar rules also have an expression in Bison syntax. For example,
595 here is the Bison rule for a C @code{return} statement. The semicolon in
596 quotes is a literal character token, representing part of the C syntax for
597 the statement; the naked semicolon, and the colon, are Bison punctuation
598 used in every rule.
599
600 @example
601 stmt: RETURN expr ';'
602 ;
603 @end example
604
605 @noindent
606 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
607
608 @node Semantic Values
609 @section Semantic Values
610 @cindex semantic value
611 @cindex value, semantic
612
613 A formal grammar selects tokens only by their classifications: for example,
614 if a rule mentions the terminal symbol `integer constant', it means that
615 @emph{any} integer constant is grammatically valid in that position. The
616 precise value of the constant is irrelevant to how to parse the input: if
617 @samp{x+4} is grammatical then @samp{x+1} or @samp{x+3989} is equally
618 grammatical.
619
620 But the precise value is very important for what the input means once it is
621 parsed. A compiler is useless if it fails to distinguish between 4, 1 and
622 3989 as constants in the program! Therefore, each token in a Bison grammar
623 has both a token type and a @dfn{semantic value}. @xref{Semantics,
624 ,Defining Language Semantics},
625 for details.
626
627 The token type is a terminal symbol defined in the grammar, such as
628 @code{INTEGER}, @code{IDENTIFIER} or @code{','}. It tells everything
629 you need to know to decide where the token may validly appear and how to
630 group it with other tokens. The grammar rules know nothing about tokens
631 except their types.
632
633 The semantic value has all the rest of the information about the
634 meaning of the token, such as the value of an integer, or the name of an
635 identifier. (A token such as @code{','} which is just punctuation doesn't
636 need to have any semantic value.)
637
638 For example, an input token might be classified as token type
639 @code{INTEGER} and have the semantic value 4. Another input token might
640 have the same token type @code{INTEGER} but value 3989. When a grammar
641 rule says that @code{INTEGER} is allowed, either of these tokens is
642 acceptable because each is an @code{INTEGER}. When the parser accepts the
643 token, it keeps track of the token's semantic value.
644
645 Each grouping can also have a semantic value as well as its nonterminal
646 symbol. For example, in a calculator, an expression typically has a
647 semantic value that is a number. In a compiler for a programming
648 language, an expression typically has a semantic value that is a tree
649 structure describing the meaning of the expression.
650
651 @node Semantic Actions
652 @section Semantic Actions
653 @cindex semantic actions
654 @cindex actions, semantic
655
656 In order to be useful, a program must do more than parse input; it must
657 also produce some output based on the input. In a Bison grammar, a grammar
658 rule can have an @dfn{action} made up of C statements. Each time the
659 parser recognizes a match for that rule, the action is executed.
660 @xref{Actions}.
661
662 Most of the time, the purpose of an action is to compute the semantic value
663 of the whole construct from the semantic values of its parts. For example,
664 suppose we have a rule which says an expression can be the sum of two
665 expressions. When the parser recognizes such a sum, each of the
666 subexpressions has a semantic value which describes how it was built up.
667 The action for this rule should create a similar sort of value for the
668 newly recognized larger expression.
669
670 For example, here is a rule that says an expression can be the sum of
671 two subexpressions:
672
673 @example
674 expr: expr '+' expr @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
675 ;
676 @end example
677
678 @noindent
679 The action says how to produce the semantic value of the sum expression
680 from the values of the two subexpressions.
681
682 @node GLR Parsers
683 @section Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers
684 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
685 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
686 @findex %glr-parser
687 @cindex conflicts
688 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
689 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
690
691 In some grammars, Bison's standard
692 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing algorithm cannot decide whether to apply a
693 certain grammar rule at a given point. That is, it may not be able to
694 decide (on the basis of the input read so far) which of two possible
695 reductions (applications of a grammar rule) applies, or whether to apply
696 a reduction or read more of the input and apply a reduction later in the
697 input. These are known respectively as @dfn{reduce/reduce} conflicts
698 (@pxref{Reduce/Reduce}), and @dfn{shift/reduce} conflicts
699 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce}).
700
701 To use a grammar that is not easily modified to be @acronym{LALR}(1), a
702 more general parsing algorithm is sometimes necessary. If you include
703 @code{%glr-parser} among the Bison declarations in your file
704 (@pxref{Grammar Outline}), the result is a Generalized @acronym{LR}
705 (@acronym{GLR}) parser. These parsers handle Bison grammars that
706 contain no unresolved conflicts (i.e., after applying precedence
707 declarations) identically to @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers. However, when
708 faced with unresolved shift/reduce and reduce/reduce conflicts,
709 @acronym{GLR} parsers use the simple expedient of doing both,
710 effectively cloning the parser to follow both possibilities. Each of
711 the resulting parsers can again split, so that at any given time, there
712 can be any number of possible parses being explored. The parsers
713 proceed in lockstep; that is, all of them consume (shift) a given input
714 symbol before any of them proceed to the next. Each of the cloned
715 parsers eventually meets one of two possible fates: either it runs into
716 a parsing error, in which case it simply vanishes, or it merges with
717 another parser, because the two of them have reduced the input to an
718 identical set of symbols.
719
720 During the time that there are multiple parsers, semantic actions are
721 recorded, but not performed. When a parser disappears, its recorded
722 semantic actions disappear as well, and are never performed. When a
723 reduction makes two parsers identical, causing them to merge, Bison
724 records both sets of semantic actions. Whenever the last two parsers
725 merge, reverting to the single-parser case, Bison resolves all the
726 outstanding actions either by precedences given to the grammar rules
727 involved, or by performing both actions, and then calling a designated
728 user-defined function on the resulting values to produce an arbitrary
729 merged result.
730
731 @menu
732 * Simple GLR Parsers:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers on unambiguous grammars.
733 * Merging GLR Parses:: Using @acronym{GLR} parsers to resolve ambiguities.
734 * GLR Semantic Actions:: Deferred semantic actions have special concerns.
735 * Compiler Requirements:: @acronym{GLR} parsers require a modern C compiler.
736 @end menu
737
738 @node Simple GLR Parsers
739 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} on Unambiguous Grammars
740 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, unambiguous grammars
741 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, unambiguous grammars
742 @findex %glr-parser
743 @findex %expect-rr
744 @cindex conflicts
745 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
746 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
747
748 In the simplest cases, you can use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm
749 to parse grammars that are unambiguous, but fail to be @acronym{LALR}(1).
750 Such grammars typically require more than one symbol of lookahead,
751 or (in rare cases) fall into the category of grammars in which the
752 @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm throws away too much information (they are in
753 @acronym{LR}(1), but not @acronym{LALR}(1), @ref{Mystery Conflicts}).
754
755 Consider a problem that
756 arises in the declaration of enumerated and subrange types in the
757 programming language Pascal. Here are some examples:
758
759 @example
760 type subrange = lo .. hi;
761 type enum = (a, b, c);
762 @end example
763
764 @noindent
765 The original language standard allows only numeric
766 literals and constant identifiers for the subrange bounds (@samp{lo}
767 and @samp{hi}), but Extended Pascal (@acronym{ISO}/@acronym{IEC}
768 10206) and many other
769 Pascal implementations allow arbitrary expressions there. This gives
770 rise to the following situation, containing a superfluous pair of
771 parentheses:
772
773 @example
774 type subrange = (a) .. b;
775 @end example
776
777 @noindent
778 Compare this to the following declaration of an enumerated
779 type with only one value:
780
781 @example
782 type enum = (a);
783 @end example
784
785 @noindent
786 (These declarations are contrived, but they are syntactically
787 valid, and more-complicated cases can come up in practical programs.)
788
789 These two declarations look identical until the @samp{..} token.
790 With normal @acronym{LALR}(1) one-token lookahead it is not
791 possible to decide between the two forms when the identifier
792 @samp{a} is parsed. It is, however, desirable
793 for a parser to decide this, since in the latter case
794 @samp{a} must become a new identifier to represent the enumeration
795 value, while in the former case @samp{a} must be evaluated with its
796 current meaning, which may be a constant or even a function call.
797
798 You could parse @samp{(a)} as an ``unspecified identifier in parentheses'',
799 to be resolved later, but this typically requires substantial
800 contortions in both semantic actions and large parts of the
801 grammar, where the parentheses are nested in the recursive rules for
802 expressions.
803
804 You might think of using the lexer to distinguish between the two
805 forms by returning different tokens for currently defined and
806 undefined identifiers. But if these declarations occur in a local
807 scope, and @samp{a} is defined in an outer scope, then both forms
808 are possible---either locally redefining @samp{a}, or using the
809 value of @samp{a} from the outer scope. So this approach cannot
810 work.
811
812 A simple solution to this problem is to declare the parser to
813 use the @acronym{GLR} algorithm.
814 When the @acronym{GLR} parser reaches the critical state, it
815 merely splits into two branches and pursues both syntax rules
816 simultaneously. Sooner or later, one of them runs into a parsing
817 error. If there is a @samp{..} token before the next
818 @samp{;}, the rule for enumerated types fails since it cannot
819 accept @samp{..} anywhere; otherwise, the subrange type rule
820 fails since it requires a @samp{..} token. So one of the branches
821 fails silently, and the other one continues normally, performing
822 all the intermediate actions that were postponed during the split.
823
824 If the input is syntactically incorrect, both branches fail and the parser
825 reports a syntax error as usual.
826
827 The effect of all this is that the parser seems to ``guess'' the
828 correct branch to take, or in other words, it seems to use more
829 lookahead than the underlying @acronym{LALR}(1) algorithm actually allows
830 for. In this example, @acronym{LALR}(2) would suffice, but also some cases
831 that are not @acronym{LALR}(@math{k}) for any @math{k} can be handled this way.
832
833 In general, a @acronym{GLR} parser can take quadratic or cubic worst-case time,
834 and the current Bison parser even takes exponential time and space
835 for some grammars. In practice, this rarely happens, and for many
836 grammars it is possible to prove that it cannot happen.
837 The present example contains only one conflict between two
838 rules, and the type-declaration context containing the conflict
839 cannot be nested. So the number of
840 branches that can exist at any time is limited by the constant 2,
841 and the parsing time is still linear.
842
843 Here is a Bison grammar corresponding to the example above. It
844 parses a vastly simplified form of Pascal type declarations.
845
846 @example
847 %token TYPE DOTDOT ID
848
849 @group
850 %left '+' '-'
851 %left '*' '/'
852 @end group
853
854 %%
855
856 @group
857 type_decl : TYPE ID '=' type ';'
858 ;
859 @end group
860
861 @group
862 type : '(' id_list ')'
863 | expr DOTDOT expr
864 ;
865 @end group
866
867 @group
868 id_list : ID
869 | id_list ',' ID
870 ;
871 @end group
872
873 @group
874 expr : '(' expr ')'
875 | expr '+' expr
876 | expr '-' expr
877 | expr '*' expr
878 | expr '/' expr
879 | ID
880 ;
881 @end group
882 @end example
883
884 When used as a normal @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar, Bison correctly complains
885 about one reduce/reduce conflict. In the conflicting situation the
886 parser chooses one of the alternatives, arbitrarily the one
887 declared first. Therefore the following correct input is not
888 recognized:
889
890 @example
891 type t = (a) .. b;
892 @end example
893
894 The parser can be turned into a @acronym{GLR} parser, while also telling Bison
895 to be silent about the one known reduce/reduce conflict, by
896 adding these two declarations to the Bison input file (before the first
897 @samp{%%}):
898
899 @example
900 %glr-parser
901 %expect-rr 1
902 @end example
903
904 @noindent
905 No change in the grammar itself is required. Now the
906 parser recognizes all valid declarations, according to the
907 limited syntax above, transparently. In fact, the user does not even
908 notice when the parser splits.
909
910 So here we have a case where we can use the benefits of @acronym{GLR},
911 almost without disadvantages. Even in simple cases like this, however,
912 there are at least two potential problems to beware. First, always
913 analyze the conflicts reported by Bison to make sure that @acronym{GLR}
914 splitting is only done where it is intended. A @acronym{GLR} parser
915 splitting inadvertently may cause problems less obvious than an
916 @acronym{LALR} parser statically choosing the wrong alternative in a
917 conflict. Second, consider interactions with the lexer (@pxref{Semantic
918 Tokens}) with great care. Since a split parser consumes tokens without
919 performing any actions during the split, the lexer cannot obtain
920 information via parser actions. Some cases of lexer interactions can be
921 eliminated by using @acronym{GLR} to shift the complications from the
922 lexer to the parser. You must check the remaining cases for
923 correctness.
924
925 In our example, it would be safe for the lexer to return tokens based on
926 their current meanings in some symbol table, because no new symbols are
927 defined in the middle of a type declaration. Though it is possible for
928 a parser to define the enumeration constants as they are parsed, before
929 the type declaration is completed, it actually makes no difference since
930 they cannot be used within the same enumerated type declaration.
931
932 @node Merging GLR Parses
933 @subsection Using @acronym{GLR} to Resolve Ambiguities
934 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing, ambiguous grammars
935 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing, ambiguous grammars
936 @findex %dprec
937 @findex %merge
938 @cindex conflicts
939 @cindex reduce/reduce conflicts
940
941 Let's consider an example, vastly simplified from a C++ grammar.
942
943 @example
944 %@{
945 #include <stdio.h>
946 #define YYSTYPE char const *
947 int yylex (void);
948 void yyerror (char const *);
949 %@}
950
951 %token TYPENAME ID
952
953 %right '='
954 %left '+'
955
956 %glr-parser
957
958 %%
959
960 prog :
961 | prog stmt @{ printf ("\n"); @}
962 ;
963
964 stmt : expr ';' %dprec 1
965 | decl %dprec 2
966 ;
967
968 expr : ID @{ printf ("%s ", $$); @}
969 | TYPENAME '(' expr ')'
970 @{ printf ("%s <cast> ", $1); @}
971 | expr '+' expr @{ printf ("+ "); @}
972 | expr '=' expr @{ printf ("= "); @}
973 ;
974
975 decl : TYPENAME declarator ';'
976 @{ printf ("%s <declare> ", $1); @}
977 | TYPENAME declarator '=' expr ';'
978 @{ printf ("%s <init-declare> ", $1); @}
979 ;
980
981 declarator : ID @{ printf ("\"%s\" ", $1); @}
982 | '(' declarator ')'
983 ;
984 @end example
985
986 @noindent
987 This models a problematic part of the C++ grammar---the ambiguity between
988 certain declarations and statements. For example,
989
990 @example
991 T (x) = y+z;
992 @end example
993
994 @noindent
995 parses as either an @code{expr} or a @code{stmt}
996 (assuming that @samp{T} is recognized as a @code{TYPENAME} and
997 @samp{x} as an @code{ID}).
998 Bison detects this as a reduce/reduce conflict between the rules
999 @code{expr : ID} and @code{declarator : ID}, which it cannot resolve at the
1000 time it encounters @code{x} in the example above. Since this is a
1001 @acronym{GLR} parser, it therefore splits the problem into two parses, one for
1002 each choice of resolving the reduce/reduce conflict.
1003 Unlike the example from the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}),
1004 however, neither of these parses ``dies,'' because the grammar as it stands is
1005 ambiguous. One of the parsers eventually reduces @code{stmt : expr ';'} and
1006 the other reduces @code{stmt : decl}, after which both parsers are in an
1007 identical state: they've seen @samp{prog stmt} and have the same unprocessed
1008 input remaining. We say that these parses have @dfn{merged.}
1009
1010 At this point, the @acronym{GLR} parser requires a specification in the
1011 grammar of how to choose between the competing parses.
1012 In the example above, the two @code{%dprec}
1013 declarations specify that Bison is to give precedence
1014 to the parse that interprets the example as a
1015 @code{decl}, which implies that @code{x} is a declarator.
1016 The parser therefore prints
1017
1018 @example
1019 "x" y z + T <init-declare>
1020 @end example
1021
1022 The @code{%dprec} declarations only come into play when more than one
1023 parse survives. Consider a different input string for this parser:
1024
1025 @example
1026 T (x) + y;
1027 @end example
1028
1029 @noindent
1030 This is another example of using @acronym{GLR} to parse an unambiguous
1031 construct, as shown in the previous section (@pxref{Simple GLR Parsers}).
1032 Here, there is no ambiguity (this cannot be parsed as a declaration).
1033 However, at the time the Bison parser encounters @code{x}, it does not
1034 have enough information to resolve the reduce/reduce conflict (again,
1035 between @code{x} as an @code{expr} or a @code{declarator}). In this
1036 case, no precedence declaration is used. Again, the parser splits
1037 into two, one assuming that @code{x} is an @code{expr}, and the other
1038 assuming @code{x} is a @code{declarator}. The second of these parsers
1039 then vanishes when it sees @code{+}, and the parser prints
1040
1041 @example
1042 x T <cast> y +
1043 @end example
1044
1045 Suppose that instead of resolving the ambiguity, you wanted to see all
1046 the possibilities. For this purpose, you must merge the semantic
1047 actions of the two possible parsers, rather than choosing one over the
1048 other. To do so, you could change the declaration of @code{stmt} as
1049 follows:
1050
1051 @example
1052 stmt : expr ';' %merge <stmtMerge>
1053 | decl %merge <stmtMerge>
1054 ;
1055 @end example
1056
1057 @noindent
1058 and define the @code{stmtMerge} function as:
1059
1060 @example
1061 static YYSTYPE
1062 stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1)
1063 @{
1064 printf ("<OR> ");
1065 return "";
1066 @}
1067 @end example
1068
1069 @noindent
1070 with an accompanying forward declaration
1071 in the C declarations at the beginning of the file:
1072
1073 @example
1074 %@{
1075 #define YYSTYPE char const *
1076 static YYSTYPE stmtMerge (YYSTYPE x0, YYSTYPE x1);
1077 %@}
1078 @end example
1079
1080 @noindent
1081 With these declarations, the resulting parser parses the first example
1082 as both an @code{expr} and a @code{decl}, and prints
1083
1084 @example
1085 "x" y z + T <init-declare> x T <cast> y z + = <OR>
1086 @end example
1087
1088 Bison requires that all of the
1089 productions that participate in any particular merge have identical
1090 @samp{%merge} clauses. Otherwise, the ambiguity would be unresolvable,
1091 and the parser will report an error during any parse that results in
1092 the offending merge.
1093
1094 @node GLR Semantic Actions
1095 @subsection GLR Semantic Actions
1096
1097 @cindex deferred semantic actions
1098 By definition, a deferred semantic action is not performed at the same time as
1099 the associated reduction.
1100 This raises caveats for several Bison features you might use in a semantic
1101 action in a @acronym{GLR} parser.
1102
1103 @vindex yychar
1104 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yychar}
1105 @vindex yylval
1106 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylval}
1107 @vindex yylloc
1108 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yylloc}
1109 In any semantic action, you can examine @code{yychar} to determine the type of
1110 the lookahead token present at the time of the associated reduction.
1111 After checking that @code{yychar} is not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF},
1112 you can then examine @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc} to determine the
1113 lookahead token's semantic value and location, if any.
1114 In a nondeferred semantic action, you can also modify any of these variables to
1115 influence syntax analysis.
1116 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
1117
1118 @findex yyclearin
1119 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{yyclearin}
1120 In a deferred semantic action, it's too late to influence syntax analysis.
1121 In this case, @code{yychar}, @code{yylval}, and @code{yylloc} are set to
1122 shallow copies of the values they had at the time of the associated reduction.
1123 For this reason alone, modifying them is dangerous.
1124 Moreover, the result of modifying them is undefined and subject to change with
1125 future versions of Bison.
1126 For example, if a semantic action might be deferred, you should never write it
1127 to invoke @code{yyclearin} (@pxref{Action Features}) or to attempt to free
1128 memory referenced by @code{yylval}.
1129
1130 @findex YYERROR
1131 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYERROR}
1132 Another Bison feature requiring special consideration is @code{YYERROR}
1133 (@pxref{Action Features}), which you can invoke in a semantic action to
1134 initiate error recovery.
1135 During deterministic @acronym{GLR} operation, the effect of @code{YYERROR} is
1136 the same as its effect in an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser.
1137 In a deferred semantic action, its effect is undefined.
1138 @c The effect is probably a syntax error at the split point.
1139
1140 Also, see @ref{Location Default Action, ,Default Action for Locations}, which
1141 describes a special usage of @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
1142
1143 @node Compiler Requirements
1144 @subsection Considerations when Compiling @acronym{GLR} Parsers
1145 @cindex @code{inline}
1146 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{inline}
1147
1148 The @acronym{GLR} parsers require a compiler for @acronym{ISO} C89 or
1149 later. In addition, they use the @code{inline} keyword, which is not
1150 C89, but is C99 and is a common extension in pre-C99 compilers. It is
1151 up to the user of these parsers to handle
1152 portability issues. For instance, if using Autoconf and the Autoconf
1153 macro @code{AC_C_INLINE}, a mere
1154
1155 @example
1156 %@{
1157 #include <config.h>
1158 %@}
1159 @end example
1160
1161 @noindent
1162 will suffice. Otherwise, we suggest
1163
1164 @example
1165 %@{
1166 #if __STDC_VERSION__ < 199901 && ! defined __GNUC__ && ! defined inline
1167 #define inline
1168 #endif
1169 %@}
1170 @end example
1171
1172 @node Locations Overview
1173 @section Locations
1174 @cindex location
1175 @cindex textual location
1176 @cindex location, textual
1177
1178 Many applications, like interpreters or compilers, have to produce verbose
1179 and useful error messages. To achieve this, one must be able to keep track of
1180 the @dfn{textual location}, or @dfn{location}, of each syntactic construct.
1181 Bison provides a mechanism for handling these locations.
1182
1183 Each token has a semantic value. In a similar fashion, each token has an
1184 associated location, but the type of locations is the same for all tokens and
1185 groupings. Moreover, the output parser is equipped with a default data
1186 structure for storing locations (@pxref{Locations}, for more details).
1187
1188 Like semantic values, locations can be reached in actions using a dedicated
1189 set of constructs. In the example above, the location of the whole grouping
1190 is @code{@@$}, while the locations of the subexpressions are @code{@@1} and
1191 @code{@@3}.
1192
1193 When a rule is matched, a default action is used to compute the semantic value
1194 of its left hand side (@pxref{Actions}). In the same way, another default
1195 action is used for locations. However, the action for locations is general
1196 enough for most cases, meaning there is usually no need to describe for each
1197 rule how @code{@@$} should be formed. When building a new location for a given
1198 grouping, the default behavior of the output parser is to take the beginning
1199 of the first symbol, and the end of the last symbol.
1200
1201 @node Bison Parser
1202 @section Bison Output: the Parser File
1203 @cindex Bison parser
1204 @cindex Bison utility
1205 @cindex lexical analyzer, purpose
1206 @cindex parser
1207
1208 When you run Bison, you give it a Bison grammar file as input. The output
1209 is a C source file that parses the language described by the grammar.
1210 This file is called a @dfn{Bison parser}. Keep in mind that the Bison
1211 utility and the Bison parser are two distinct programs: the Bison utility
1212 is a program whose output is the Bison parser that becomes part of your
1213 program.
1214
1215 The job of the Bison parser is to group tokens into groupings according to
1216 the grammar rules---for example, to build identifiers and operators into
1217 expressions. As it does this, it runs the actions for the grammar rules it
1218 uses.
1219
1220 The tokens come from a function called the @dfn{lexical analyzer} that
1221 you must supply in some fashion (such as by writing it in C). The Bison
1222 parser calls the lexical analyzer each time it wants a new token. It
1223 doesn't know what is ``inside'' the tokens (though their semantic values
1224 may reflect this). Typically the lexical analyzer makes the tokens by
1225 parsing characters of text, but Bison does not depend on this.
1226 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1227
1228 The Bison parser file is C code which defines a function named
1229 @code{yyparse} which implements that grammar. This function does not make
1230 a complete C program: you must supply some additional functions. One is
1231 the lexical analyzer. Another is an error-reporting function which the
1232 parser calls to report an error. In addition, a complete C program must
1233 start with a function called @code{main}; you have to provide this, and
1234 arrange for it to call @code{yyparse} or the parser will never run.
1235 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
1236
1237 Aside from the token type names and the symbols in the actions you
1238 write, all symbols defined in the Bison parser file itself
1239 begin with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}. This includes interface functions
1240 such as the lexical analyzer function @code{yylex}, the error reporting
1241 function @code{yyerror} and the parser function @code{yyparse} itself.
1242 This also includes numerous identifiers used for internal purposes.
1243 Therefore, you should avoid using C identifiers starting with @samp{yy}
1244 or @samp{YY} in the Bison grammar file except for the ones defined in
1245 this manual. Also, you should avoid using the C identifiers
1246 @samp{malloc} and @samp{free} for anything other than their usual
1247 meanings.
1248
1249 In some cases the Bison parser file includes system headers, and in
1250 those cases your code should respect the identifiers reserved by those
1251 headers. On some non-@acronym{GNU} hosts, @code{<alloca.h>}, @code{<malloc.h>},
1252 @code{<stddef.h>}, and @code{<stdlib.h>} are included as needed to
1253 declare memory allocators and related types. @code{<libintl.h>} is
1254 included if message translation is in use
1255 (@pxref{Internationalization}). Other system headers may
1256 be included if you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value
1257 (@pxref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}).
1258
1259 @node Stages
1260 @section Stages in Using Bison
1261 @cindex stages in using Bison
1262 @cindex using Bison
1263
1264 The actual language-design process using Bison, from grammar specification
1265 to a working compiler or interpreter, has these parts:
1266
1267 @enumerate
1268 @item
1269 Formally specify the grammar in a form recognized by Bison
1270 (@pxref{Grammar File, ,Bison Grammar Files}). For each grammatical rule
1271 in the language, describe the action that is to be taken when an
1272 instance of that rule is recognized. The action is described by a
1273 sequence of C statements.
1274
1275 @item
1276 Write a lexical analyzer to process input and pass tokens to the parser.
1277 The lexical analyzer may be written by hand in C (@pxref{Lexical, ,The
1278 Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}). It could also be produced
1279 using Lex, but the use of Lex is not discussed in this manual.
1280
1281 @item
1282 Write a controlling function that calls the Bison-produced parser.
1283
1284 @item
1285 Write error-reporting routines.
1286 @end enumerate
1287
1288 To turn this source code as written into a runnable program, you
1289 must follow these steps:
1290
1291 @enumerate
1292 @item
1293 Run Bison on the grammar to produce the parser.
1294
1295 @item
1296 Compile the code output by Bison, as well as any other source files.
1297
1298 @item
1299 Link the object files to produce the finished product.
1300 @end enumerate
1301
1302 @node Grammar Layout
1303 @section The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar
1304 @cindex grammar file
1305 @cindex file format
1306 @cindex format of grammar file
1307 @cindex layout of Bison grammar
1308
1309 The input file for the Bison utility is a @dfn{Bison grammar file}. The
1310 general form of a Bison grammar file is as follows:
1311
1312 @example
1313 %@{
1314 @var{Prologue}
1315 %@}
1316
1317 @var{Bison declarations}
1318
1319 %%
1320 @var{Grammar rules}
1321 %%
1322 @var{Epilogue}
1323 @end example
1324
1325 @noindent
1326 The @samp{%%}, @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} are punctuation that appears
1327 in every Bison grammar file to separate the sections.
1328
1329 The prologue may define types and variables used in the actions. You can
1330 also use preprocessor commands to define macros used there, and use
1331 @code{#include} to include header files that do any of these things.
1332 You need to declare the lexical analyzer @code{yylex} and the error
1333 printer @code{yyerror} here, along with any other global identifiers
1334 used by the actions in the grammar rules.
1335
1336 The Bison declarations declare the names of the terminal and nonterminal
1337 symbols, and may also describe operator precedence and the data types of
1338 semantic values of various symbols.
1339
1340 The grammar rules define how to construct each nonterminal symbol from its
1341 parts.
1342
1343 The epilogue can contain any code you want to use. Often the
1344 definitions of functions declared in the prologue go here. In a
1345 simple program, all the rest of the program can go here.
1346
1347 @node Examples
1348 @chapter Examples
1349 @cindex simple examples
1350 @cindex examples, simple
1351
1352 Now we show and explain three sample programs written using Bison: a
1353 reverse polish notation calculator, an algebraic (infix) notation
1354 calculator, and a multi-function calculator. All three have been tested
1355 under BSD Unix 4.3; each produces a usable, though limited, interactive
1356 desk-top calculator.
1357
1358 These examples are simple, but Bison grammars for real programming
1359 languages are written the same way. You can copy these examples into a
1360 source file to try them.
1361
1362 @menu
1363 * RPN Calc:: Reverse polish notation calculator;
1364 a first example with no operator precedence.
1365 * Infix Calc:: Infix (algebraic) notation calculator.
1366 Operator precedence is introduced.
1367 * Simple Error Recovery:: Continuing after syntax errors.
1368 * Location Tracking Calc:: Demonstrating the use of @@@var{n} and @@$.
1369 * Multi-function Calc:: Calculator with memory and trig functions.
1370 It uses multiple data-types for semantic values.
1371 * Exercises:: Ideas for improving the multi-function calculator.
1372 @end menu
1373
1374 @node RPN Calc
1375 @section Reverse Polish Notation Calculator
1376 @cindex reverse polish notation
1377 @cindex polish notation calculator
1378 @cindex @code{rpcalc}
1379 @cindex calculator, simple
1380
1381 The first example is that of a simple double-precision @dfn{reverse polish
1382 notation} calculator (a calculator using postfix operators). This example
1383 provides a good starting point, since operator precedence is not an issue.
1384 The second example will illustrate how operator precedence is handled.
1385
1386 The source code for this calculator is named @file{rpcalc.y}. The
1387 @samp{.y} extension is a convention used for Bison input files.
1388
1389 @menu
1390 * Decls: Rpcalc Decls. Prologue (declarations) for rpcalc.
1391 * Rules: Rpcalc Rules. Grammar Rules for rpcalc, with explanation.
1392 * Lexer: Rpcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1393 * Main: Rpcalc Main. The controlling function.
1394 * Error: Rpcalc Error. The error reporting function.
1395 * Gen: Rpcalc Gen. Running Bison on the grammar file.
1396 * Comp: Rpcalc Compile. Run the C compiler on the output code.
1397 @end menu
1398
1399 @node Rpcalc Decls
1400 @subsection Declarations for @code{rpcalc}
1401
1402 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the reverse polish notation
1403 calculator. As in C, comments are placed between @samp{/*@dots{}*/}.
1404
1405 @example
1406 /* Reverse polish notation calculator. */
1407
1408 %@{
1409 #define YYSTYPE double
1410 #include <math.h>
1411 int yylex (void);
1412 void yyerror (char const *);
1413 %@}
1414
1415 %token NUM
1416
1417 %% /* Grammar rules and actions follow. */
1418 @end example
1419
1420 The declarations section (@pxref{Prologue, , The prologue}) contains two
1421 preprocessor directives and two forward declarations.
1422
1423 The @code{#define} directive defines the macro @code{YYSTYPE}, thus
1424 specifying the C data type for semantic values of both tokens and
1425 groupings (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}). The
1426 Bison parser will use whatever type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined as; if you
1427 don't define it, @code{int} is the default. Because we specify
1428 @code{double}, each token and each expression has an associated value,
1429 which is a floating point number.
1430
1431 The @code{#include} directive is used to declare the exponentiation
1432 function @code{pow}.
1433
1434 The forward declarations for @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} are
1435 needed because the C language requires that functions be declared
1436 before they are used. These functions will be defined in the
1437 epilogue, but the parser calls them so they must be declared in the
1438 prologue.
1439
1440 The second section, Bison declarations, provides information to Bison
1441 about the token types (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison
1442 Declarations Section}). Each terminal symbol that is not a
1443 single-character literal must be declared here. (Single-character
1444 literals normally don't need to be declared.) In this example, all the
1445 arithmetic operators are designated by single-character literals, so the
1446 only terminal symbol that needs to be declared is @code{NUM}, the token
1447 type for numeric constants.
1448
1449 @node Rpcalc Rules
1450 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{rpcalc}
1451
1452 Here are the grammar rules for the reverse polish notation calculator.
1453
1454 @example
1455 input: /* empty */
1456 | input line
1457 ;
1458
1459 line: '\n'
1460 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1461 ;
1462
1463 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1464 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1465 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1466 | exp exp '*' @{ $$ = $1 * $2; @}
1467 | exp exp '/' @{ $$ = $1 / $2; @}
1468 /* Exponentiation */
1469 | exp exp '^' @{ $$ = pow ($1, $2); @}
1470 /* Unary minus */
1471 | exp 'n' @{ $$ = -$1; @}
1472 ;
1473 %%
1474 @end example
1475
1476 The groupings of the rpcalc ``language'' defined here are the expression
1477 (given the name @code{exp}), the line of input (@code{line}), and the
1478 complete input transcript (@code{input}). Each of these nonterminal
1479 symbols has several alternate rules, joined by the vertical bar @samp{|}
1480 which is read as ``or''. The following sections explain what these rules
1481 mean.
1482
1483 The semantics of the language is determined by the actions taken when a
1484 grouping is recognized. The actions are the C code that appears inside
1485 braces. @xref{Actions}.
1486
1487 You must specify these actions in C, but Bison provides the means for
1488 passing semantic values between the rules. In each action, the
1489 pseudo-variable @code{$$} stands for the semantic value for the grouping
1490 that the rule is going to construct. Assigning a value to @code{$$} is the
1491 main job of most actions. The semantic values of the components of the
1492 rule are referred to as @code{$1}, @code{$2}, and so on.
1493
1494 @menu
1495 * Rpcalc Input::
1496 * Rpcalc Line::
1497 * Rpcalc Expr::
1498 @end menu
1499
1500 @node Rpcalc Input
1501 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{input}
1502
1503 Consider the definition of @code{input}:
1504
1505 @example
1506 input: /* empty */
1507 | input line
1508 ;
1509 @end example
1510
1511 This definition reads as follows: ``A complete input is either an empty
1512 string, or a complete input followed by an input line''. Notice that
1513 ``complete input'' is defined in terms of itself. This definition is said
1514 to be @dfn{left recursive} since @code{input} appears always as the
1515 leftmost symbol in the sequence. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
1516
1517 The first alternative is empty because there are no symbols between the
1518 colon and the first @samp{|}; this means that @code{input} can match an
1519 empty string of input (no tokens). We write the rules this way because it
1520 is legitimate to type @kbd{Ctrl-d} right after you start the calculator.
1521 It's conventional to put an empty alternative first and write the comment
1522 @samp{/* empty */} in it.
1523
1524 The second alternate rule (@code{input line}) handles all nontrivial input.
1525 It means, ``After reading any number of lines, read one more line if
1526 possible.'' The left recursion makes this rule into a loop. Since the
1527 first alternative matches empty input, the loop can be executed zero or
1528 more times.
1529
1530 The parser function @code{yyparse} continues to process input until a
1531 grammatical error is seen or the lexical analyzer says there are no more
1532 input tokens; we will arrange for the latter to happen at end-of-input.
1533
1534 @node Rpcalc Line
1535 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{line}
1536
1537 Now consider the definition of @code{line}:
1538
1539 @example
1540 line: '\n'
1541 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1542 ;
1543 @end example
1544
1545 The first alternative is a token which is a newline character; this means
1546 that rpcalc accepts a blank line (and ignores it, since there is no
1547 action). The second alternative is an expression followed by a newline.
1548 This is the alternative that makes rpcalc useful. The semantic value of
1549 the @code{exp} grouping is the value of @code{$1} because the @code{exp} in
1550 question is the first symbol in the alternative. The action prints this
1551 value, which is the result of the computation the user asked for.
1552
1553 This action is unusual because it does not assign a value to @code{$$}. As
1554 a consequence, the semantic value associated with the @code{line} is
1555 uninitialized (its value will be unpredictable). This would be a bug if
1556 that value were ever used, but we don't use it: once rpcalc has printed the
1557 value of the user's input line, that value is no longer needed.
1558
1559 @node Rpcalc Expr
1560 @subsubsection Explanation of @code{expr}
1561
1562 The @code{exp} grouping has several rules, one for each kind of expression.
1563 The first rule handles the simplest expressions: those that are just numbers.
1564 The second handles an addition-expression, which looks like two expressions
1565 followed by a plus-sign. The third handles subtraction, and so on.
1566
1567 @example
1568 exp: NUM
1569 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1570 | exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @}
1571 @dots{}
1572 ;
1573 @end example
1574
1575 We have used @samp{|} to join all the rules for @code{exp}, but we could
1576 equally well have written them separately:
1577
1578 @example
1579 exp: NUM ;
1580 exp: exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @} ;
1581 exp: exp exp '-' @{ $$ = $1 - $2; @} ;
1582 @dots{}
1583 @end example
1584
1585 Most of the rules have actions that compute the value of the expression in
1586 terms of the value of its parts. For example, in the rule for addition,
1587 @code{$1} refers to the first component @code{exp} and @code{$2} refers to
1588 the second one. The third component, @code{'+'}, has no meaningful
1589 associated semantic value, but if it had one you could refer to it as
1590 @code{$3}. When @code{yyparse} recognizes a sum expression using this
1591 rule, the sum of the two subexpressions' values is produced as the value of
1592 the entire expression. @xref{Actions}.
1593
1594 You don't have to give an action for every rule. When a rule has no
1595 action, Bison by default copies the value of @code{$1} into @code{$$}.
1596 This is what happens in the first rule (the one that uses @code{NUM}).
1597
1598 The formatting shown here is the recommended convention, but Bison does
1599 not require it. You can add or change white space as much as you wish.
1600 For example, this:
1601
1602 @example
1603 exp : NUM | exp exp '+' @{$$ = $1 + $2; @} | @dots{} ;
1604 @end example
1605
1606 @noindent
1607 means the same thing as this:
1608
1609 @example
1610 exp: NUM
1611 | exp exp '+' @{ $$ = $1 + $2; @}
1612 | @dots{}
1613 ;
1614 @end example
1615
1616 @noindent
1617 The latter, however, is much more readable.
1618
1619 @node Rpcalc Lexer
1620 @subsection The @code{rpcalc} Lexical Analyzer
1621 @cindex writing a lexical analyzer
1622 @cindex lexical analyzer, writing
1623
1624 The lexical analyzer's job is low-level parsing: converting characters
1625 or sequences of characters into tokens. The Bison parser gets its
1626 tokens by calling the lexical analyzer. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical
1627 Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
1628
1629 Only a simple lexical analyzer is needed for the @acronym{RPN}
1630 calculator. This
1631 lexical analyzer skips blanks and tabs, then reads in numbers as
1632 @code{double} and returns them as @code{NUM} tokens. Any other character
1633 that isn't part of a number is a separate token. Note that the token-code
1634 for such a single-character token is the character itself.
1635
1636 The return value of the lexical analyzer function is a numeric code which
1637 represents a token type. The same text used in Bison rules to stand for
1638 this token type is also a C expression for the numeric code for the type.
1639 This works in two ways. If the token type is a character literal, then its
1640 numeric code is that of the character; you can use the same
1641 character literal in the lexical analyzer to express the number. If the
1642 token type is an identifier, that identifier is defined by Bison as a C
1643 macro whose definition is the appropriate number. In this example,
1644 therefore, @code{NUM} becomes a macro for @code{yylex} to use.
1645
1646 The semantic value of the token (if it has one) is stored into the
1647 global variable @code{yylval}, which is where the Bison parser will look
1648 for it. (The C data type of @code{yylval} is @code{YYSTYPE}, which was
1649 defined at the beginning of the grammar; @pxref{Rpcalc Decls,
1650 ,Declarations for @code{rpcalc}}.)
1651
1652 A token type code of zero is returned if the end-of-input is encountered.
1653 (Bison recognizes any nonpositive value as indicating end-of-input.)
1654
1655 Here is the code for the lexical analyzer:
1656
1657 @example
1658 @group
1659 /* The lexical analyzer returns a double floating point
1660 number on the stack and the token NUM, or the numeric code
1661 of the character read if not a number. It skips all blanks
1662 and tabs, and returns 0 for end-of-input. */
1663
1664 #include <ctype.h>
1665 @end group
1666
1667 @group
1668 int
1669 yylex (void)
1670 @{
1671 int c;
1672
1673 /* Skip white space. */
1674 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
1675 ;
1676 @end group
1677 @group
1678 /* Process numbers. */
1679 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
1680 @{
1681 ungetc (c, stdin);
1682 scanf ("%lf", &yylval);
1683 return NUM;
1684 @}
1685 @end group
1686 @group
1687 /* Return end-of-input. */
1688 if (c == EOF)
1689 return 0;
1690 /* Return a single char. */
1691 return c;
1692 @}
1693 @end group
1694 @end example
1695
1696 @node Rpcalc Main
1697 @subsection The Controlling Function
1698 @cindex controlling function
1699 @cindex main function in simple example
1700
1701 In keeping with the spirit of this example, the controlling function is
1702 kept to the bare minimum. The only requirement is that it call
1703 @code{yyparse} to start the process of parsing.
1704
1705 @example
1706 @group
1707 int
1708 main (void)
1709 @{
1710 return yyparse ();
1711 @}
1712 @end group
1713 @end example
1714
1715 @node Rpcalc Error
1716 @subsection The Error Reporting Routine
1717 @cindex error reporting routine
1718
1719 When @code{yyparse} detects a syntax error, it calls the error reporting
1720 function @code{yyerror} to print an error message (usually but not
1721 always @code{"syntax error"}). It is up to the programmer to supply
1722 @code{yyerror} (@pxref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}), so
1723 here is the definition we will use:
1724
1725 @example
1726 @group
1727 #include <stdio.h>
1728
1729 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
1730 void
1731 yyerror (char const *s)
1732 @{
1733 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
1734 @}
1735 @end group
1736 @end example
1737
1738 After @code{yyerror} returns, the Bison parser may recover from the error
1739 and continue parsing if the grammar contains a suitable error rule
1740 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Otherwise, @code{yyparse} returns nonzero. We
1741 have not written any error rules in this example, so any invalid input will
1742 cause the calculator program to exit. This is not clean behavior for a
1743 real calculator, but it is adequate for the first example.
1744
1745 @node Rpcalc Gen
1746 @subsection Running Bison to Make the Parser
1747 @cindex running Bison (introduction)
1748
1749 Before running Bison to produce a parser, we need to decide how to
1750 arrange all the source code in one or more source files. For such a
1751 simple example, the easiest thing is to put everything in one file. The
1752 definitions of @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} go at the
1753 end, in the epilogue of the file
1754 (@pxref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}).
1755
1756 For a large project, you would probably have several source files, and use
1757 @code{make} to arrange to recompile them.
1758
1759 With all the source in a single file, you use the following command to
1760 convert it into a parser file:
1761
1762 @example
1763 bison @var{file}.y
1764 @end example
1765
1766 @noindent
1767 In this example the file was called @file{rpcalc.y} (for ``Reverse Polish
1768 @sc{calc}ulator''). Bison produces a file named @file{@var{file}.tab.c},
1769 removing the @samp{.y} from the original file name. The file output by
1770 Bison contains the source code for @code{yyparse}. The additional
1771 functions in the input file (@code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main})
1772 are copied verbatim to the output.
1773
1774 @node Rpcalc Compile
1775 @subsection Compiling the Parser File
1776 @cindex compiling the parser
1777
1778 Here is how to compile and run the parser file:
1779
1780 @example
1781 @group
1782 # @r{List files in current directory.}
1783 $ @kbd{ls}
1784 rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1785 @end group
1786
1787 @group
1788 # @r{Compile the Bison parser.}
1789 # @r{@samp{-lm} tells compiler to search math library for @code{pow}.}
1790 $ @kbd{cc -lm -o rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c}
1791 @end group
1792
1793 @group
1794 # @r{List files again.}
1795 $ @kbd{ls}
1796 rpcalc rpcalc.tab.c rpcalc.y
1797 @end group
1798 @end example
1799
1800 The file @file{rpcalc} now contains the executable code. Here is an
1801 example session using @code{rpcalc}.
1802
1803 @example
1804 $ @kbd{rpcalc}
1805 @kbd{4 9 +}
1806 13
1807 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 *+-}
1808 -13
1809 @kbd{3 7 + 3 4 5 * + - n} @r{Note the unary minus, @samp{n}}
1810 13
1811 @kbd{5 6 / 4 n +}
1812 -3.166666667
1813 @kbd{3 4 ^} @r{Exponentiation}
1814 81
1815 @kbd{^D} @r{End-of-file indicator}
1816 $
1817 @end example
1818
1819 @node Infix Calc
1820 @section Infix Notation Calculator: @code{calc}
1821 @cindex infix notation calculator
1822 @cindex @code{calc}
1823 @cindex calculator, infix notation
1824
1825 We now modify rpcalc to handle infix operators instead of postfix. Infix
1826 notation involves the concept of operator precedence and the need for
1827 parentheses nested to arbitrary depth. Here is the Bison code for
1828 @file{calc.y}, an infix desk-top calculator.
1829
1830 @example
1831 /* Infix notation calculator. */
1832
1833 %@{
1834 #define YYSTYPE double
1835 #include <math.h>
1836 #include <stdio.h>
1837 int yylex (void);
1838 void yyerror (char const *);
1839 %@}
1840
1841 /* Bison declarations. */
1842 %token NUM
1843 %left '-' '+'
1844 %left '*' '/'
1845 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
1846 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
1847
1848 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1849 input: /* empty */
1850 | input line
1851 ;
1852
1853 line: '\n'
1854 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1855 ;
1856
1857 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
1858 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
1859 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
1860 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
1861 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
1862 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
1863 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
1864 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
1865 ;
1866 %%
1867 @end example
1868
1869 @noindent
1870 The functions @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror} and @code{main} can be the
1871 same as before.
1872
1873 There are two important new features shown in this code.
1874
1875 In the second section (Bison declarations), @code{%left} declares token
1876 types and says they are left-associative operators. The declarations
1877 @code{%left} and @code{%right} (right associativity) take the place of
1878 @code{%token} which is used to declare a token type name without
1879 associativity. (These tokens are single-character literals, which
1880 ordinarily don't need to be declared. We declare them here to specify
1881 the associativity.)
1882
1883 Operator precedence is determined by the line ordering of the
1884 declarations; the higher the line number of the declaration (lower on
1885 the page or screen), the higher the precedence. Hence, exponentiation
1886 has the highest precedence, unary minus (@code{NEG}) is next, followed
1887 by @samp{*} and @samp{/}, and so on. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator
1888 Precedence}.
1889
1890 The other important new feature is the @code{%prec} in the grammar
1891 section for the unary minus operator. The @code{%prec} simply instructs
1892 Bison that the rule @samp{| '-' exp} has the same precedence as
1893 @code{NEG}---in this case the next-to-highest. @xref{Contextual
1894 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
1895
1896 Here is a sample run of @file{calc.y}:
1897
1898 @need 500
1899 @example
1900 $ @kbd{calc}
1901 @kbd{4 + 4.5 - (34/(8*3+-3))}
1902 6.880952381
1903 @kbd{-56 + 2}
1904 -54
1905 @kbd{3 ^ 2}
1906 9
1907 @end example
1908
1909 @node Simple Error Recovery
1910 @section Simple Error Recovery
1911 @cindex error recovery, simple
1912
1913 Up to this point, this manual has not addressed the issue of @dfn{error
1914 recovery}---how to continue parsing after the parser detects a syntax
1915 error. All we have handled is error reporting with @code{yyerror}.
1916 Recall that by default @code{yyparse} returns after calling
1917 @code{yyerror}. This means that an erroneous input line causes the
1918 calculator program to exit. Now we show how to rectify this deficiency.
1919
1920 The Bison language itself includes the reserved word @code{error}, which
1921 may be included in the grammar rules. In the example below it has
1922 been added to one of the alternatives for @code{line}:
1923
1924 @example
1925 @group
1926 line: '\n'
1927 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
1928 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
1929 ;
1930 @end group
1931 @end example
1932
1933 This addition to the grammar allows for simple error recovery in the
1934 event of a syntax error. If an expression that cannot be evaluated is
1935 read, the error will be recognized by the third rule for @code{line},
1936 and parsing will continue. (The @code{yyerror} function is still called
1937 upon to print its message as well.) The action executes the statement
1938 @code{yyerrok}, a macro defined automatically by Bison; its meaning is
1939 that error recovery is complete (@pxref{Error Recovery}). Note the
1940 difference between @code{yyerrok} and @code{yyerror}; neither one is a
1941 misprint.
1942
1943 This form of error recovery deals with syntax errors. There are other
1944 kinds of errors; for example, division by zero, which raises an exception
1945 signal that is normally fatal. A real calculator program must handle this
1946 signal and use @code{longjmp} to return to @code{main} and resume parsing
1947 input lines; it would also have to discard the rest of the current line of
1948 input. We won't discuss this issue further because it is not specific to
1949 Bison programs.
1950
1951 @node Location Tracking Calc
1952 @section Location Tracking Calculator: @code{ltcalc}
1953 @cindex location tracking calculator
1954 @cindex @code{ltcalc}
1955 @cindex calculator, location tracking
1956
1957 This example extends the infix notation calculator with location
1958 tracking. This feature will be used to improve the error messages. For
1959 the sake of clarity, this example is a simple integer calculator, since
1960 most of the work needed to use locations will be done in the lexical
1961 analyzer.
1962
1963 @menu
1964 * Decls: Ltcalc Decls. Bison and C declarations for ltcalc.
1965 * Rules: Ltcalc Rules. Grammar rules for ltcalc, with explanations.
1966 * Lexer: Ltcalc Lexer. The lexical analyzer.
1967 @end menu
1968
1969 @node Ltcalc Decls
1970 @subsection Declarations for @code{ltcalc}
1971
1972 The C and Bison declarations for the location tracking calculator are
1973 the same as the declarations for the infix notation calculator.
1974
1975 @example
1976 /* Location tracking calculator. */
1977
1978 %@{
1979 #define YYSTYPE int
1980 #include <math.h>
1981 int yylex (void);
1982 void yyerror (char const *);
1983 %@}
1984
1985 /* Bison declarations. */
1986 %token NUM
1987
1988 %left '-' '+'
1989 %left '*' '/'
1990 %left NEG
1991 %right '^'
1992
1993 %% /* The grammar follows. */
1994 @end example
1995
1996 @noindent
1997 Note there are no declarations specific to locations. Defining a data
1998 type for storing locations is not needed: we will use the type provided
1999 by default (@pxref{Location Type, ,Data Types of Locations}), which is a
2000 four member structure with the following integer fields:
2001 @code{first_line}, @code{first_column}, @code{last_line} and
2002 @code{last_column}. By conventions, and in accordance with the GNU
2003 Coding Standards and common practice, the line and column count both
2004 start at 1.
2005
2006 @node Ltcalc Rules
2007 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{ltcalc}
2008
2009 Whether handling locations or not has no effect on the syntax of your
2010 language. Therefore, grammar rules for this example will be very close
2011 to those of the previous example: we will only modify them to benefit
2012 from the new information.
2013
2014 Here, we will use locations to report divisions by zero, and locate the
2015 wrong expressions or subexpressions.
2016
2017 @example
2018 @group
2019 input : /* empty */
2020 | input line
2021 ;
2022 @end group
2023
2024 @group
2025 line : '\n'
2026 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("%d\n", $1); @}
2027 ;
2028 @end group
2029
2030 @group
2031 exp : NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2032 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2033 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2034 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2035 @end group
2036 @group
2037 | exp '/' exp
2038 @{
2039 if ($3)
2040 $$ = $1 / $3;
2041 else
2042 @{
2043 $$ = 1;
2044 fprintf (stderr, "%d.%d-%d.%d: division by zero",
2045 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
2046 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
2047 @}
2048 @}
2049 @end group
2050 @group
2051 | '-' exp %preg NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2052 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2053 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2054 @end group
2055 @end example
2056
2057 This code shows how to reach locations inside of semantic actions, by
2058 using the pseudo-variables @code{@@@var{n}} for rule components, and the
2059 pseudo-variable @code{@@$} for groupings.
2060
2061 We don't need to assign a value to @code{@@$}: the output parser does it
2062 automatically. By default, before executing the C code of each action,
2063 @code{@@$} is set to range from the beginning of @code{@@1} to the end
2064 of @code{@@@var{n}}, for a rule with @var{n} components. This behavior
2065 can be redefined (@pxref{Location Default Action, , Default Action for
2066 Locations}), and for very specific rules, @code{@@$} can be computed by
2067 hand.
2068
2069 @node Ltcalc Lexer
2070 @subsection The @code{ltcalc} Lexical Analyzer.
2071
2072 Until now, we relied on Bison's defaults to enable location
2073 tracking. The next step is to rewrite the lexical analyzer, and make it
2074 able to feed the parser with the token locations, as it already does for
2075 semantic values.
2076
2077 To this end, we must take into account every single character of the
2078 input text, to avoid the computed locations of being fuzzy or wrong:
2079
2080 @example
2081 @group
2082 int
2083 yylex (void)
2084 @{
2085 int c;
2086 @end group
2087
2088 @group
2089 /* Skip white space. */
2090 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t')
2091 ++yylloc.last_column;
2092 @end group
2093
2094 @group
2095 /* Step. */
2096 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line;
2097 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column;
2098 @end group
2099
2100 @group
2101 /* Process numbers. */
2102 if (isdigit (c))
2103 @{
2104 yylval = c - '0';
2105 ++yylloc.last_column;
2106 while (isdigit (c = getchar ()))
2107 @{
2108 ++yylloc.last_column;
2109 yylval = yylval * 10 + c - '0';
2110 @}
2111 ungetc (c, stdin);
2112 return NUM;
2113 @}
2114 @end group
2115
2116 /* Return end-of-input. */
2117 if (c == EOF)
2118 return 0;
2119
2120 /* Return a single char, and update location. */
2121 if (c == '\n')
2122 @{
2123 ++yylloc.last_line;
2124 yylloc.last_column = 0;
2125 @}
2126 else
2127 ++yylloc.last_column;
2128 return c;
2129 @}
2130 @end example
2131
2132 Basically, the lexical analyzer performs the same processing as before:
2133 it skips blanks and tabs, and reads numbers or single-character tokens.
2134 In addition, it updates @code{yylloc}, the global variable (of type
2135 @code{YYLTYPE}) containing the token's location.
2136
2137 Now, each time this function returns a token, the parser has its number
2138 as well as its semantic value, and its location in the text. The last
2139 needed change is to initialize @code{yylloc}, for example in the
2140 controlling function:
2141
2142 @example
2143 @group
2144 int
2145 main (void)
2146 @{
2147 yylloc.first_line = yylloc.last_line = 1;
2148 yylloc.first_column = yylloc.last_column = 0;
2149 return yyparse ();
2150 @}
2151 @end group
2152 @end example
2153
2154 Remember that computing locations is not a matter of syntax. Every
2155 character must be associated to a location update, whether it is in
2156 valid input, in comments, in literal strings, and so on.
2157
2158 @node Multi-function Calc
2159 @section Multi-Function Calculator: @code{mfcalc}
2160 @cindex multi-function calculator
2161 @cindex @code{mfcalc}
2162 @cindex calculator, multi-function
2163
2164 Now that the basics of Bison have been discussed, it is time to move on to
2165 a more advanced problem. The above calculators provided only five
2166 functions, @samp{+}, @samp{-}, @samp{*}, @samp{/} and @samp{^}. It would
2167 be nice to have a calculator that provides other mathematical functions such
2168 as @code{sin}, @code{cos}, etc.
2169
2170 It is easy to add new operators to the infix calculator as long as they are
2171 only single-character literals. The lexical analyzer @code{yylex} passes
2172 back all nonnumeric characters as tokens, so new grammar rules suffice for
2173 adding a new operator. But we want something more flexible: built-in
2174 functions whose syntax has this form:
2175
2176 @example
2177 @var{function_name} (@var{argument})
2178 @end example
2179
2180 @noindent
2181 At the same time, we will add memory to the calculator, by allowing you
2182 to create named variables, store values in them, and use them later.
2183 Here is a sample session with the multi-function calculator:
2184
2185 @example
2186 $ @kbd{mfcalc}
2187 @kbd{pi = 3.141592653589}
2188 3.1415926536
2189 @kbd{sin(pi)}
2190 0.0000000000
2191 @kbd{alpha = beta1 = 2.3}
2192 2.3000000000
2193 @kbd{alpha}
2194 2.3000000000
2195 @kbd{ln(alpha)}
2196 0.8329091229
2197 @kbd{exp(ln(beta1))}
2198 2.3000000000
2199 $
2200 @end example
2201
2202 Note that multiple assignment and nested function calls are permitted.
2203
2204 @menu
2205 * Decl: Mfcalc Decl. Bison declarations for multi-function calculator.
2206 * Rules: Mfcalc Rules. Grammar rules for the calculator.
2207 * Symtab: Mfcalc Symtab. Symbol table management subroutines.
2208 @end menu
2209
2210 @node Mfcalc Decl
2211 @subsection Declarations for @code{mfcalc}
2212
2213 Here are the C and Bison declarations for the multi-function calculator.
2214
2215 @smallexample
2216 @group
2217 %@{
2218 #include <math.h> /* For math functions, cos(), sin(), etc. */
2219 #include "calc.h" /* Contains definition of `symrec'. */
2220 int yylex (void);
2221 void yyerror (char const *);
2222 %@}
2223 @end group
2224 @group
2225 %union @{
2226 double val; /* For returning numbers. */
2227 symrec *tptr; /* For returning symbol-table pointers. */
2228 @}
2229 @end group
2230 %token <val> NUM /* Simple double precision number. */
2231 %token <tptr> VAR FNCT /* Variable and Function. */
2232 %type <val> exp
2233
2234 @group
2235 %right '='
2236 %left '-' '+'
2237 %left '*' '/'
2238 %left NEG /* negation--unary minus */
2239 %right '^' /* exponentiation */
2240 @end group
2241 %% /* The grammar follows. */
2242 @end smallexample
2243
2244 The above grammar introduces only two new features of the Bison language.
2245 These features allow semantic values to have various data types
2246 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
2247
2248 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire list of possible types;
2249 this is instead of defining @code{YYSTYPE}. The allowable types are now
2250 double-floats (for @code{exp} and @code{NUM}) and pointers to entries in
2251 the symbol table. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
2252
2253 Since values can now have various types, it is necessary to associate a
2254 type with each grammar symbol whose semantic value is used. These symbols
2255 are @code{NUM}, @code{VAR}, @code{FNCT}, and @code{exp}. Their
2256 declarations are augmented with information about their data type (placed
2257 between angle brackets).
2258
2259 The Bison construct @code{%type} is used for declaring nonterminal
2260 symbols, just as @code{%token} is used for declaring token types. We
2261 have not used @code{%type} before because nonterminal symbols are
2262 normally declared implicitly by the rules that define them. But
2263 @code{exp} must be declared explicitly so we can specify its value type.
2264 @xref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
2265
2266 @node Mfcalc Rules
2267 @subsection Grammar Rules for @code{mfcalc}
2268
2269 Here are the grammar rules for the multi-function calculator.
2270 Most of them are copied directly from @code{calc}; three rules,
2271 those which mention @code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}, are new.
2272
2273 @smallexample
2274 @group
2275 input: /* empty */
2276 | input line
2277 ;
2278 @end group
2279
2280 @group
2281 line:
2282 '\n'
2283 | exp '\n' @{ printf ("\t%.10g\n", $1); @}
2284 | error '\n' @{ yyerrok; @}
2285 ;
2286 @end group
2287
2288 @group
2289 exp: NUM @{ $$ = $1; @}
2290 | VAR @{ $$ = $1->value.var; @}
2291 | VAR '=' exp @{ $$ = $3; $1->value.var = $3; @}
2292 | FNCT '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = (*($1->value.fnctptr))($3); @}
2293 | exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
2294 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
2295 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
2296 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
2297 | '-' exp %prec NEG @{ $$ = -$2; @}
2298 | exp '^' exp @{ $$ = pow ($1, $3); @}
2299 | '(' exp ')' @{ $$ = $2; @}
2300 ;
2301 @end group
2302 /* End of grammar. */
2303 %%
2304 @end smallexample
2305
2306 @node Mfcalc Symtab
2307 @subsection The @code{mfcalc} Symbol Table
2308 @cindex symbol table example
2309
2310 The multi-function calculator requires a symbol table to keep track of the
2311 names and meanings of variables and functions. This doesn't affect the
2312 grammar rules (except for the actions) or the Bison declarations, but it
2313 requires some additional C functions for support.
2314
2315 The symbol table itself consists of a linked list of records. Its
2316 definition, which is kept in the header @file{calc.h}, is as follows. It
2317 provides for either functions or variables to be placed in the table.
2318
2319 @smallexample
2320 @group
2321 /* Function type. */
2322 typedef double (*func_t) (double);
2323 @end group
2324
2325 @group
2326 /* Data type for links in the chain of symbols. */
2327 struct symrec
2328 @{
2329 char *name; /* name of symbol */
2330 int type; /* type of symbol: either VAR or FNCT */
2331 union
2332 @{
2333 double var; /* value of a VAR */
2334 func_t fnctptr; /* value of a FNCT */
2335 @} value;
2336 struct symrec *next; /* link field */
2337 @};
2338 @end group
2339
2340 @group
2341 typedef struct symrec symrec;
2342
2343 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2344 extern symrec *sym_table;
2345
2346 symrec *putsym (char const *, int);
2347 symrec *getsym (char const *);
2348 @end group
2349 @end smallexample
2350
2351 The new version of @code{main} includes a call to @code{init_table}, a
2352 function that initializes the symbol table. Here it is, and
2353 @code{init_table} as well:
2354
2355 @smallexample
2356 #include <stdio.h>
2357
2358 @group
2359 /* Called by yyparse on error. */
2360 void
2361 yyerror (char const *s)
2362 @{
2363 printf ("%s\n", s);
2364 @}
2365 @end group
2366
2367 @group
2368 struct init
2369 @{
2370 char const *fname;
2371 double (*fnct) (double);
2372 @};
2373 @end group
2374
2375 @group
2376 struct init const arith_fncts[] =
2377 @{
2378 "sin", sin,
2379 "cos", cos,
2380 "atan", atan,
2381 "ln", log,
2382 "exp", exp,
2383 "sqrt", sqrt,
2384 0, 0
2385 @};
2386 @end group
2387
2388 @group
2389 /* The symbol table: a chain of `struct symrec'. */
2390 symrec *sym_table;
2391 @end group
2392
2393 @group
2394 /* Put arithmetic functions in table. */
2395 void
2396 init_table (void)
2397 @{
2398 int i;
2399 symrec *ptr;
2400 for (i = 0; arith_fncts[i].fname != 0; i++)
2401 @{
2402 ptr = putsym (arith_fncts[i].fname, FNCT);
2403 ptr->value.fnctptr = arith_fncts[i].fnct;
2404 @}
2405 @}
2406 @end group
2407
2408 @group
2409 int
2410 main (void)
2411 @{
2412 init_table ();
2413 return yyparse ();
2414 @}
2415 @end group
2416 @end smallexample
2417
2418 By simply editing the initialization list and adding the necessary include
2419 files, you can add additional functions to the calculator.
2420
2421 Two important functions allow look-up and installation of symbols in the
2422 symbol table. The function @code{putsym} is passed a name and the type
2423 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) of the object to be installed. The object is
2424 linked to the front of the list, and a pointer to the object is returned.
2425 The function @code{getsym} is passed the name of the symbol to look up. If
2426 found, a pointer to that symbol is returned; otherwise zero is returned.
2427
2428 @smallexample
2429 symrec *
2430 putsym (char const *sym_name, int sym_type)
2431 @{
2432 symrec *ptr;
2433 ptr = (symrec *) malloc (sizeof (symrec));
2434 ptr->name = (char *) malloc (strlen (sym_name) + 1);
2435 strcpy (ptr->name,sym_name);
2436 ptr->type = sym_type;
2437 ptr->value.var = 0; /* Set value to 0 even if fctn. */
2438 ptr->next = (struct symrec *)sym_table;
2439 sym_table = ptr;
2440 return ptr;
2441 @}
2442
2443 symrec *
2444 getsym (char const *sym_name)
2445 @{
2446 symrec *ptr;
2447 for (ptr = sym_table; ptr != (symrec *) 0;
2448 ptr = (symrec *)ptr->next)
2449 if (strcmp (ptr->name,sym_name) == 0)
2450 return ptr;
2451 return 0;
2452 @}
2453 @end smallexample
2454
2455 The function @code{yylex} must now recognize variables, numeric values, and
2456 the single-character arithmetic operators. Strings of alphanumeric
2457 characters with a leading letter are recognized as either variables or
2458 functions depending on what the symbol table says about them.
2459
2460 The string is passed to @code{getsym} for look up in the symbol table. If
2461 the name appears in the table, a pointer to its location and its type
2462 (@code{VAR} or @code{FNCT}) is returned to @code{yyparse}. If it is not
2463 already in the table, then it is installed as a @code{VAR} using
2464 @code{putsym}. Again, a pointer and its type (which must be @code{VAR}) is
2465 returned to @code{yyparse}.
2466
2467 No change is needed in the handling of numeric values and arithmetic
2468 operators in @code{yylex}.
2469
2470 @smallexample
2471 @group
2472 #include <ctype.h>
2473 @end group
2474
2475 @group
2476 int
2477 yylex (void)
2478 @{
2479 int c;
2480
2481 /* Ignore white space, get first nonwhite character. */
2482 while ((c = getchar ()) == ' ' || c == '\t');
2483
2484 if (c == EOF)
2485 return 0;
2486 @end group
2487
2488 @group
2489 /* Char starts a number => parse the number. */
2490 if (c == '.' || isdigit (c))
2491 @{
2492 ungetc (c, stdin);
2493 scanf ("%lf", &yylval.val);
2494 return NUM;
2495 @}
2496 @end group
2497
2498 @group
2499 /* Char starts an identifier => read the name. */
2500 if (isalpha (c))
2501 @{
2502 symrec *s;
2503 static char *symbuf = 0;
2504 static int length = 0;
2505 int i;
2506 @end group
2507
2508 @group
2509 /* Initially make the buffer long enough
2510 for a 40-character symbol name. */
2511 if (length == 0)
2512 length = 40, symbuf = (char *)malloc (length + 1);
2513
2514 i = 0;
2515 do
2516 @end group
2517 @group
2518 @{
2519 /* If buffer is full, make it bigger. */
2520 if (i == length)
2521 @{
2522 length *= 2;
2523 symbuf = (char *) realloc (symbuf, length + 1);
2524 @}
2525 /* Add this character to the buffer. */
2526 symbuf[i++] = c;
2527 /* Get another character. */
2528 c = getchar ();
2529 @}
2530 @end group
2531 @group
2532 while (isalnum (c));
2533
2534 ungetc (c, stdin);
2535 symbuf[i] = '\0';
2536 @end group
2537
2538 @group
2539 s = getsym (symbuf);
2540 if (s == 0)
2541 s = putsym (symbuf, VAR);
2542 yylval.tptr = s;
2543 return s->type;
2544 @}
2545
2546 /* Any other character is a token by itself. */
2547 return c;
2548 @}
2549 @end group
2550 @end smallexample
2551
2552 This program is both powerful and flexible. You may easily add new
2553 functions, and it is a simple job to modify this code to install
2554 predefined variables such as @code{pi} or @code{e} as well.
2555
2556 @node Exercises
2557 @section Exercises
2558 @cindex exercises
2559
2560 @enumerate
2561 @item
2562 Add some new functions from @file{math.h} to the initialization list.
2563
2564 @item
2565 Add another array that contains constants and their values. Then
2566 modify @code{init_table} to add these constants to the symbol table.
2567 It will be easiest to give the constants type @code{VAR}.
2568
2569 @item
2570 Make the program report an error if the user refers to an
2571 uninitialized variable in any way except to store a value in it.
2572 @end enumerate
2573
2574 @node Grammar File
2575 @chapter Bison Grammar Files
2576
2577 Bison takes as input a context-free grammar specification and produces a
2578 C-language function that recognizes correct instances of the grammar.
2579
2580 The Bison grammar input file conventionally has a name ending in @samp{.y}.
2581 @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
2582
2583 @menu
2584 * Grammar Outline:: Overall layout of the grammar file.
2585 * Symbols:: Terminal and nonterminal symbols.
2586 * Rules:: How to write grammar rules.
2587 * Recursion:: Writing recursive rules.
2588 * Semantics:: Semantic values and actions.
2589 * Locations:: Locations and actions.
2590 * Declarations:: All kinds of Bison declarations are described here.
2591 * Multiple Parsers:: Putting more than one Bison parser in one program.
2592 @end menu
2593
2594 @node Grammar Outline
2595 @section Outline of a Bison Grammar
2596
2597 A Bison grammar file has four main sections, shown here with the
2598 appropriate delimiters:
2599
2600 @example
2601 %@{
2602 @var{Prologue}
2603 %@}
2604
2605 @var{Bison declarations}
2606
2607 %%
2608 @var{Grammar rules}
2609 %%
2610
2611 @var{Epilogue}
2612 @end example
2613
2614 Comments enclosed in @samp{/* @dots{} */} may appear in any of the sections.
2615 As a @acronym{GNU} extension, @samp{//} introduces a comment that
2616 continues until end of line.
2617
2618 @menu
2619 * Prologue:: Syntax and usage of the prologue.
2620 * Prologue Alternatives:: Syntax and usage of alternatives to the prologue.
2621 * Bison Declarations:: Syntax and usage of the Bison declarations section.
2622 * Grammar Rules:: Syntax and usage of the grammar rules section.
2623 * Epilogue:: Syntax and usage of the epilogue.
2624 @end menu
2625
2626 @node Prologue
2627 @subsection The prologue
2628 @cindex declarations section
2629 @cindex Prologue
2630 @cindex declarations
2631
2632 The @var{Prologue} section contains macro definitions and declarations
2633 of functions and variables that are used in the actions in the grammar
2634 rules. These are copied to the beginning of the parser file so that
2635 they precede the definition of @code{yyparse}. You can use
2636 @samp{#include} to get the declarations from a header file. If you
2637 don't need any C declarations, you may omit the @samp{%@{} and
2638 @samp{%@}} delimiters that bracket this section.
2639
2640 The @var{Prologue} section is terminated by the first occurrence
2641 of @samp{%@}} that is outside a comment, a string literal, or a
2642 character constant.
2643
2644 You may have more than one @var{Prologue} section, intermixed with the
2645 @var{Bison declarations}. This allows you to have C and Bison
2646 declarations that refer to each other. For example, the @code{%union}
2647 declaration may use types defined in a header file, and you may wish to
2648 prototype functions that take arguments of type @code{YYSTYPE}. This
2649 can be done with two @var{Prologue} blocks, one before and one after the
2650 @code{%union} declaration.
2651
2652 @smallexample
2653 %@{
2654 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2655 #include <stdio.h>
2656 #include "ptypes.h"
2657 %@}
2658
2659 %union @{
2660 long int n;
2661 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2662 @}
2663
2664 %@{
2665 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2666 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2667 %@}
2668
2669 @dots{}
2670 @end smallexample
2671
2672 When in doubt, it is usually safer to put prologue code before all
2673 Bison declarations, rather than after. For example, any definitions
2674 of feature test macros like @code{_GNU_SOURCE} or
2675 @code{_POSIX_C_SOURCE} should appear before all Bison declarations, as
2676 feature test macros can affect the behavior of Bison-generated
2677 @code{#include} directives.
2678
2679 @node Prologue Alternatives
2680 @subsection Prologue Alternatives
2681 @cindex Prologue Alternatives
2682
2683 @findex %code
2684 @findex %requires
2685 @findex %provides
2686 @findex %code-top
2687 The functionality of @var{Prologue} sections can often be subtle and
2688 inflexible.
2689 As an alternative, Bison provides a set of more explicit directives:
2690 @code{%code}, @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, and @code{%code-top}.
2691 @xref{Table of Symbols,,Bison Symbols}.
2692
2693 Look again at the example of the previous section:
2694
2695 @smallexample
2696 %@{
2697 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2698 #include <stdio.h>
2699 #include "ptypes.h"
2700 %@}
2701
2702 %union @{
2703 long int n;
2704 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2705 @}
2706
2707 %@{
2708 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2709 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2710 %@}
2711
2712 @dots{}
2713 @end smallexample
2714
2715 @noindent
2716 Notice that there are two @var{Prologue} sections here, but there's a subtle
2717 distinction between their functionality.
2718 For example, if you decide to override Bison's default definition for
2719 @code{YYLTYPE}, in which @var{Prologue} section should you write your new
2720 definition?
2721 You should write it in the first since Bison will insert that code into the
2722 parser code file @emph{before} the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition.
2723 In which @var{Prologue} section should you prototype an internal function,
2724 @code{trace_token}, that accepts @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} as
2725 arguments?
2726 You should prototype it in the second since Bison will insert that code
2727 @emph{after} the @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype} definitions.
2728
2729 This distinction in functionality between the two @var{Prologue} sections is
2730 established by the appearance of the @code{%union} between them.
2731 This behavior raises a few questions.
2732 First, why should the position of a @code{%union} affect definitions related to
2733 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype}?
2734 Second, what if there is no @code{%union}?
2735 In that case, the second kind of @var{Prologue} section is not available.
2736 This behavior is not intuitive.
2737
2738 To avoid this subtle @code{%union} dependency, rewrite the example using
2739 @code{%code-top} and @code{%code}.
2740 Let's go ahead and add the new @code{YYLTYPE} definition and the
2741 @code{trace_token} prototype at the same time:
2742
2743 @smallexample
2744 %code-top @{
2745 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2746 #include <stdio.h>
2747 /* The following code really belongs in a %requires; see below. */
2748 #include "ptypes.h"
2749 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2750 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2751 @{
2752 int first_line;
2753 int first_column;
2754 int last_line;
2755 int last_column;
2756 char *filename;
2757 @} YYLTYPE;
2758 @}
2759
2760 %union @{
2761 long int n;
2762 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2763 @}
2764
2765 %code @{
2766 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2767 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2768 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2769 @}
2770
2771 @dots{}
2772 @end smallexample
2773
2774 @noindent
2775 In this way, @code{%code-top} and @code{%code} achieve the same functionality
2776 as the two kinds of @var{Prologue} sections, but it's always explicit which
2777 kind you intend.
2778 Moreover, both kinds are always available even in the absence of @code{%union}.
2779
2780 The @code{%code-top} block above logically contains two parts.
2781 The first two lines need to appear in the parser code file.
2782 The fourth line is required by @code{YYSTYPE} and thus also needs to appear in
2783 the parser code file.
2784 However, if you've instructed Bison to generate a parser header file
2785 (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}), you probably want the fourth line to
2786 appear before the @code{YYSTYPE} definition in that header file as well.
2787 Also, the @code{YYLTYPE} definition should appear in the parser header file to
2788 override the default @code{YYLTYPE} definition there.
2789
2790 In other words, in the @code{%code-top} block above, all but the first two
2791 lines are dependency code for externally exposed definitions (@code{YYSTYPE}
2792 and @code{YYLTYPE}) required by Bison.
2793 Thus, they belong in one or more @code{%requires}:
2794
2795 @smallexample
2796 %code-top @{
2797 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2798 #include <stdio.h>
2799 @}
2800
2801 %requires @{
2802 #include "ptypes.h"
2803 @}
2804 %union @{
2805 long int n;
2806 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2807 @}
2808
2809 %requires @{
2810 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2811 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2812 @{
2813 int first_line;
2814 int first_column;
2815 int last_line;
2816 int last_column;
2817 char *filename;
2818 @} YYLTYPE;
2819 @}
2820
2821 %code @{
2822 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2823 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2824 static void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2825 @}
2826
2827 @dots{}
2828 @end smallexample
2829
2830 @noindent
2831 Now Bison will insert @code{#include "ptypes.h"} and the new @code{YYLTYPE}
2832 definition before the Bison-generated @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}
2833 definitions in both the parser code file and the parser header file.
2834 (By the same reasoning, @code{%requires} would also be the appropriate place to
2835 write your own definition for @code{YYSTYPE}.)
2836
2837 When you are writing dependency code for @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE}, you
2838 should prefer @code{%requires} over @code{%code-top} regardless of whether you
2839 instruct Bison to generate a parser header file.
2840 When you are writing code that you need Bison to insert only into the parser
2841 code file and that has no special need to appear at the top of the code file,
2842 you should prefer @code{%code} over @code{%code-top}.
2843 These practices will make the purpose of each block of your code explicit to
2844 Bison and to other developers reading your grammar file.
2845 Following these practices, we expect @code{%code} and @code{%requires} to be
2846 the most important of the four @var{Prologue} alternative directives discussed
2847 in this section.
2848
2849 At some point while developing your parser, you might decide to provide
2850 @code{trace_token} to modules that are external to your parser.
2851 Thus, you might wish for Bison to insert the prototype into both the parser
2852 header file and the parser code file.
2853 Since this function is not a dependency of any Bison-required definition (such
2854 as @code{YYSTYPE}), it doesn't make sense to move its prototype to a
2855 @code{%requires}.
2856 More importantly, since it depends upon @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yytokentype},
2857 @code{%requires} is not sufficient.
2858 Instead, move its prototype from the @code{%code} to a @code{%provides}:
2859
2860 @smallexample
2861 %code-top @{
2862 #define _GNU_SOURCE
2863 #include <stdio.h>
2864 @}
2865
2866 %requires @{
2867 #include "ptypes.h"
2868 @}
2869 %union @{
2870 long int n;
2871 tree t; /* @r{@code{tree} is defined in @file{ptypes.h}.} */
2872 @}
2873
2874 %requires @{
2875 #define YYLTYPE YYLTYPE
2876 typedef struct YYLTYPE
2877 @{
2878 int first_line;
2879 int first_column;
2880 int last_line;
2881 int last_column;
2882 char *filename;
2883 @} YYLTYPE;
2884 @}
2885
2886 %provides @{
2887 void trace_token (enum yytokentype token, YYLTYPE loc);
2888 @}
2889
2890 %code @{
2891 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
2892 #define YYPRINT(F, N, L) print_token_value (F, N, L)
2893 @}
2894
2895 @dots{}
2896 @end smallexample
2897
2898 @noindent
2899 Bison will insert the @code{trace_token} prototype into both the parser header
2900 file and the parser code file after the definitions for @code{yytokentype},
2901 @code{YYLTYPE}, and @code{YYSTYPE}.
2902
2903 The above examples are careful to write directives in an order that reflects
2904 the layout of the generated parser code and header files:
2905 @code{%code-top}, @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, and then @code{%code}.
2906 While your grammar files may generally be easier to read if you also follow
2907 this order, Bison does not require it.
2908 Instead, Bison lets you choose an organization that makes sense to you.
2909
2910 You may declare any of these directives multiple times in the grammar file.
2911 In that case, Bison concatenates the contained code in declaration order.
2912 This is the only way in which the position of one of these directives within
2913 the grammar file affects its functionality.
2914
2915 The result of the previous two properties is greater flexibility in how you may
2916 organize your grammar file.
2917 For example, you may organize semantic-type-related directives by semantic
2918 type:
2919
2920 @smallexample
2921 %requires @{ #include "type1.h" @}
2922 %union @{ type1 field1; @}
2923 %destructor @{ type1_free ($$); @} <field1>
2924 %printer @{ type1_print ($$); @} <field1>
2925
2926 %requires @{ #include "type2.h" @}
2927 %union @{ type2 field2; @}
2928 %destructor @{ type2_free ($$); @} <field2>
2929 %printer @{ type2_print ($$); @} <field2>
2930 @end smallexample
2931
2932 @noindent
2933 You could even place each of the above directive groups in the rules section of
2934 the grammar file next to the set of rules that uses the associated semantic
2935 type.
2936 And you don't have to worry that some directive (like a @code{%union}) in the
2937 definitions section is going to adversely affect their functionality in some
2938 counter-intuitive manner just because it comes first.
2939 Such an organization is not possible using @var{Prologue} sections.
2940
2941 This section has been concerned with explaining the advantages of the four
2942 @var{Prologue} alternative directives over the original Yacc @var{Prologue}.
2943 However, in most cases when using these directives, you shouldn't need to
2944 think about all the low-level ordering issues discussed here.
2945 Instead, you should simply use these directives to label each block of your
2946 code according to its purpose and let Bison handle the ordering.
2947 @code{%code} is the most generic label.
2948 Move code to @code{%requires}, @code{%provides}, or @code{%code-top} as needed.
2949
2950 @node Bison Declarations
2951 @subsection The Bison Declarations Section
2952 @cindex Bison declarations (introduction)
2953 @cindex declarations, Bison (introduction)
2954
2955 The @var{Bison declarations} section contains declarations that define
2956 terminal and nonterminal symbols, specify precedence, and so on.
2957 In some simple grammars you may not need any declarations.
2958 @xref{Declarations, ,Bison Declarations}.
2959
2960 @node Grammar Rules
2961 @subsection The Grammar Rules Section
2962 @cindex grammar rules section
2963 @cindex rules section for grammar
2964
2965 The @dfn{grammar rules} section contains one or more Bison grammar
2966 rules, and nothing else. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
2967
2968 There must always be at least one grammar rule, and the first
2969 @samp{%%} (which precedes the grammar rules) may never be omitted even
2970 if it is the first thing in the file.
2971
2972 @node Epilogue
2973 @subsection The epilogue
2974 @cindex additional C code section
2975 @cindex epilogue
2976 @cindex C code, section for additional
2977
2978 The @var{Epilogue} is copied verbatim to the end of the parser file, just as
2979 the @var{Prologue} is copied to the beginning. This is the most convenient
2980 place to put anything that you want to have in the parser file but which need
2981 not come before the definition of @code{yyparse}. For example, the
2982 definitions of @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} often go here. Because
2983 C requires functions to be declared before being used, you often need
2984 to declare functions like @code{yylex} and @code{yyerror} in the Prologue,
2985 even if you define them in the Epilogue.
2986 @xref{Interface, ,Parser C-Language Interface}.
2987
2988 If the last section is empty, you may omit the @samp{%%} that separates it
2989 from the grammar rules.
2990
2991 The Bison parser itself contains many macros and identifiers whose names
2992 start with @samp{yy} or @samp{YY}, so it is a good idea to avoid using
2993 any such names (except those documented in this manual) in the epilogue
2994 of the grammar file.
2995
2996 @node Symbols
2997 @section Symbols, Terminal and Nonterminal
2998 @cindex nonterminal symbol
2999 @cindex terminal symbol
3000 @cindex token type
3001 @cindex symbol
3002
3003 @dfn{Symbols} in Bison grammars represent the grammatical classifications
3004 of the language.
3005
3006 A @dfn{terminal symbol} (also known as a @dfn{token type}) represents a
3007 class of syntactically equivalent tokens. You use the symbol in grammar
3008 rules to mean that a token in that class is allowed. The symbol is
3009 represented in the Bison parser by a numeric code, and the @code{yylex}
3010 function returns a token type code to indicate what kind of token has
3011 been read. You don't need to know what the code value is; you can use
3012 the symbol to stand for it.
3013
3014 A @dfn{nonterminal symbol} stands for a class of syntactically
3015 equivalent groupings. The symbol name is used in writing grammar rules.
3016 By convention, it should be all lower case.
3017
3018 Symbol names can contain letters, digits (not at the beginning),
3019 underscores and periods. Periods make sense only in nonterminals.
3020
3021 There are three ways of writing terminal symbols in the grammar:
3022
3023 @itemize @bullet
3024 @item
3025 A @dfn{named token type} is written with an identifier, like an
3026 identifier in C@. By convention, it should be all upper case. Each
3027 such name must be defined with a Bison declaration such as
3028 @code{%token}. @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
3029
3030 @item
3031 @cindex character token
3032 @cindex literal token
3033 @cindex single-character literal
3034 A @dfn{character token type} (or @dfn{literal character token}) is
3035 written in the grammar using the same syntax used in C for character
3036 constants; for example, @code{'+'} is a character token type. A
3037 character token type doesn't need to be declared unless you need to
3038 specify its semantic value data type (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of
3039 Semantic Values}), associativity, or precedence (@pxref{Precedence,
3040 ,Operator Precedence}).
3041
3042 By convention, a character token type is used only to represent a
3043 token that consists of that particular character. Thus, the token
3044 type @code{'+'} is used to represent the character @samp{+} as a
3045 token. Nothing enforces this convention, but if you depart from it,
3046 your program will confuse other readers.
3047
3048 All the usual escape sequences used in character literals in C can be
3049 used in Bison as well, but you must not use the null character as a
3050 character literal because its numeric code, zero, signifies
3051 end-of-input (@pxref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention
3052 for @code{yylex}}). Also, unlike standard C, trigraphs have no
3053 special meaning in Bison character literals, nor is backslash-newline
3054 allowed.
3055
3056 @item
3057 @cindex string token
3058 @cindex literal string token
3059 @cindex multicharacter literal
3060 A @dfn{literal string token} is written like a C string constant; for
3061 example, @code{"<="} is a literal string token. A literal string token
3062 doesn't need to be declared unless you need to specify its semantic
3063 value data type (@pxref{Value Type}), associativity, or precedence
3064 (@pxref{Precedence}).
3065
3066 You can associate the literal string token with a symbolic name as an
3067 alias, using the @code{%token} declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token
3068 Declarations}). If you don't do that, the lexical analyzer has to
3069 retrieve the token number for the literal string token from the
3070 @code{yytname} table (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
3071
3072 @strong{Warning}: literal string tokens do not work in Yacc.
3073
3074 By convention, a literal string token is used only to represent a token
3075 that consists of that particular string. Thus, you should use the token
3076 type @code{"<="} to represent the string @samp{<=} as a token. Bison
3077 does not enforce this convention, but if you depart from it, people who
3078 read your program will be confused.
3079
3080 All the escape sequences used in string literals in C can be used in
3081 Bison as well, except that you must not use a null character within a
3082 string literal. Also, unlike Standard C, trigraphs have no special
3083 meaning in Bison string literals, nor is backslash-newline allowed. A
3084 literal string token must contain two or more characters; for a token
3085 containing just one character, use a character token (see above).
3086 @end itemize
3087
3088 How you choose to write a terminal symbol has no effect on its
3089 grammatical meaning. That depends only on where it appears in rules and
3090 on when the parser function returns that symbol.
3091
3092 The value returned by @code{yylex} is always one of the terminal
3093 symbols, except that a zero or negative value signifies end-of-input.
3094 Whichever way you write the token type in the grammar rules, you write
3095 it the same way in the definition of @code{yylex}. The numeric code
3096 for a character token type is simply the positive numeric code of the
3097 character, so @code{yylex} can use the identical value to generate the
3098 requisite code, though you may need to convert it to @code{unsigned
3099 char} to avoid sign-extension on hosts where @code{char} is signed.
3100 Each named token type becomes a C macro in
3101 the parser file, so @code{yylex} can use the name to stand for the code.
3102 (This is why periods don't make sense in terminal symbols.)
3103 @xref{Calling Convention, ,Calling Convention for @code{yylex}}.
3104
3105 If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate file, you need to arrange for the
3106 token-type macro definitions to be available there. Use the @samp{-d}
3107 option when you run Bison, so that it will write these macro definitions
3108 into a separate header file @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include
3109 in the other source files that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
3110
3111 If you want to write a grammar that is portable to any Standard C
3112 host, you must use only nonnull character tokens taken from the basic
3113 execution character set of Standard C@. This set consists of the ten
3114 digits, the 52 lower- and upper-case English letters, and the
3115 characters in the following C-language string:
3116
3117 @example
3118 "\a\b\t\n\v\f\r !\"#%&'()*+,-./:;<=>?[\\]^_@{|@}~"
3119 @end example
3120
3121 The @code{yylex} function and Bison must use a consistent character set
3122 and encoding for character tokens. For example, if you run Bison in an
3123 @acronym{ASCII} environment, but then compile and run the resulting
3124 program in an environment that uses an incompatible character set like
3125 @acronym{EBCDIC}, the resulting program may not work because the tables
3126 generated by Bison will assume @acronym{ASCII} numeric values for
3127 character tokens. It is standard practice for software distributions to
3128 contain C source files that were generated by Bison in an
3129 @acronym{ASCII} environment, so installers on platforms that are
3130 incompatible with @acronym{ASCII} must rebuild those files before
3131 compiling them.
3132
3133 The symbol @code{error} is a terminal symbol reserved for error recovery
3134 (@pxref{Error Recovery}); you shouldn't use it for any other purpose.
3135 In particular, @code{yylex} should never return this value. The default
3136 value of the error token is 256, unless you explicitly assigned 256 to
3137 one of your tokens with a @code{%token} declaration.
3138
3139 @node Rules
3140 @section Syntax of Grammar Rules
3141 @cindex rule syntax
3142 @cindex grammar rule syntax
3143 @cindex syntax of grammar rules
3144
3145 A Bison grammar rule has the following general form:
3146
3147 @example
3148 @group
3149 @var{result}: @var{components}@dots{}
3150 ;
3151 @end group
3152 @end example
3153
3154 @noindent
3155 where @var{result} is the nonterminal symbol that this rule describes,
3156 and @var{components} are various terminal and nonterminal symbols that
3157 are put together by this rule (@pxref{Symbols}).
3158
3159 For example,
3160
3161 @example
3162 @group
3163 exp: exp '+' exp
3164 ;
3165 @end group
3166 @end example
3167
3168 @noindent
3169 says that two groupings of type @code{exp}, with a @samp{+} token in between,
3170 can be combined into a larger grouping of type @code{exp}.
3171
3172 White space in rules is significant only to separate symbols. You can add
3173 extra white space as you wish.
3174
3175 Scattered among the components can be @var{actions} that determine
3176 the semantics of the rule. An action looks like this:
3177
3178 @example
3179 @{@var{C statements}@}
3180 @end example
3181
3182 @noindent
3183 @cindex braced code
3184 This is an example of @dfn{braced code}, that is, C code surrounded by
3185 braces, much like a compound statement in C@. Braced code can contain
3186 any sequence of C tokens, so long as its braces are balanced. Bison
3187 does not check the braced code for correctness directly; it merely
3188 copies the code to the output file, where the C compiler can check it.
3189
3190 Within braced code, the balanced-brace count is not affected by braces
3191 within comments, string literals, or character constants, but it is
3192 affected by the C digraphs @samp{<%} and @samp{%>} that represent
3193 braces. At the top level braced code must be terminated by @samp{@}}
3194 and not by a digraph. Bison does not look for trigraphs, so if braced
3195 code uses trigraphs you should ensure that they do not affect the
3196 nesting of braces or the boundaries of comments, string literals, or
3197 character constants.
3198
3199 Usually there is only one action and it follows the components.
3200 @xref{Actions}.
3201
3202 @findex |
3203 Multiple rules for the same @var{result} can be written separately or can
3204 be joined with the vertical-bar character @samp{|} as follows:
3205
3206 @example
3207 @group
3208 @var{result}: @var{rule1-components}@dots{}
3209 | @var{rule2-components}@dots{}
3210 @dots{}
3211 ;
3212 @end group
3213 @end example
3214
3215 @noindent
3216 They are still considered distinct rules even when joined in this way.
3217
3218 If @var{components} in a rule is empty, it means that @var{result} can
3219 match the empty string. For example, here is how to define a
3220 comma-separated sequence of zero or more @code{exp} groupings:
3221
3222 @example
3223 @group
3224 expseq: /* empty */
3225 | expseq1
3226 ;
3227 @end group
3228
3229 @group
3230 expseq1: exp
3231 | expseq1 ',' exp
3232 ;
3233 @end group
3234 @end example
3235
3236 @noindent
3237 It is customary to write a comment @samp{/* empty */} in each rule
3238 with no components.
3239
3240 @node Recursion
3241 @section Recursive Rules
3242 @cindex recursive rule
3243
3244 A rule is called @dfn{recursive} when its @var{result} nonterminal
3245 appears also on its right hand side. Nearly all Bison grammars need to
3246 use recursion, because that is the only way to define a sequence of any
3247 number of a particular thing. Consider this recursive definition of a
3248 comma-separated sequence of one or more expressions:
3249
3250 @example
3251 @group
3252 expseq1: exp
3253 | expseq1 ',' exp
3254 ;
3255 @end group
3256 @end example
3257
3258 @cindex left recursion
3259 @cindex right recursion
3260 @noindent
3261 Since the recursive use of @code{expseq1} is the leftmost symbol in the
3262 right hand side, we call this @dfn{left recursion}. By contrast, here
3263 the same construct is defined using @dfn{right recursion}:
3264
3265 @example
3266 @group
3267 expseq1: exp
3268 | exp ',' expseq1
3269 ;
3270 @end group
3271 @end example
3272
3273 @noindent
3274 Any kind of sequence can be defined using either left recursion or right
3275 recursion, but you should always use left recursion, because it can
3276 parse a sequence of any number of elements with bounded stack space.
3277 Right recursion uses up space on the Bison stack in proportion to the
3278 number of elements in the sequence, because all the elements must be
3279 shifted onto the stack before the rule can be applied even once.
3280 @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}, for further explanation
3281 of this.
3282
3283 @cindex mutual recursion
3284 @dfn{Indirect} or @dfn{mutual} recursion occurs when the result of the
3285 rule does not appear directly on its right hand side, but does appear
3286 in rules for other nonterminals which do appear on its right hand
3287 side.
3288
3289 For example:
3290
3291 @example
3292 @group
3293 expr: primary
3294 | primary '+' primary
3295 ;
3296 @end group
3297
3298 @group
3299 primary: constant
3300 | '(' expr ')'
3301 ;
3302 @end group
3303 @end example
3304
3305 @noindent
3306 defines two mutually-recursive nonterminals, since each refers to the
3307 other.
3308
3309 @node Semantics
3310 @section Defining Language Semantics
3311 @cindex defining language semantics
3312 @cindex language semantics, defining
3313
3314 The grammar rules for a language determine only the syntax. The semantics
3315 are determined by the semantic values associated with various tokens and
3316 groupings, and by the actions taken when various groupings are recognized.
3317
3318 For example, the calculator calculates properly because the value
3319 associated with each expression is the proper number; it adds properly
3320 because the action for the grouping @w{@samp{@var{x} + @var{y}}} is to add
3321 the numbers associated with @var{x} and @var{y}.
3322
3323 @menu
3324 * Value Type:: Specifying one data type for all semantic values.
3325 * Multiple Types:: Specifying several alternative data types.
3326 * Actions:: An action is the semantic definition of a grammar rule.
3327 * Action Types:: Specifying data types for actions to operate on.
3328 * Mid-Rule Actions:: Most actions go at the end of a rule.
3329 This says when, why and how to use the exceptional
3330 action in the middle of a rule.
3331 @end menu
3332
3333 @node Value Type
3334 @subsection Data Types of Semantic Values
3335 @cindex semantic value type
3336 @cindex value type, semantic
3337 @cindex data types of semantic values
3338 @cindex default data type
3339
3340 In a simple program it may be sufficient to use the same data type for
3341 the semantic values of all language constructs. This was true in the
3342 @acronym{RPN} and infix calculator examples (@pxref{RPN Calc, ,Reverse Polish
3343 Notation Calculator}).
3344
3345 Bison normally uses the type @code{int} for semantic values if your
3346 program uses the same data type for all language constructs. To
3347 specify some other type, define @code{YYSTYPE} as a macro, like this:
3348
3349 @example
3350 #define YYSTYPE double
3351 @end example
3352
3353 @noindent
3354 @code{YYSTYPE}'s replacement list should be a type name
3355 that does not contain parentheses or square brackets.
3356 This macro definition must go in the prologue of the grammar file
3357 (@pxref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison Grammar}).
3358
3359 @node Multiple Types
3360 @subsection More Than One Value Type
3361
3362 In most programs, you will need different data types for different kinds
3363 of tokens and groupings. For example, a numeric constant may need type
3364 @code{int} or @code{long int}, while a string constant needs type
3365 @code{char *}, and an identifier might need a pointer to an entry in the
3366 symbol table.
3367
3368 To use more than one data type for semantic values in one parser, Bison
3369 requires you to do two things:
3370
3371 @itemize @bullet
3372 @item
3373 Specify the entire collection of possible data types, either by using the
3374 @code{%union} Bison declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of
3375 Value Types}), or by using a @code{typedef} or a @code{#define} to
3376 define @code{YYSTYPE} to be a union type whose member names are
3377 the type tags.
3378
3379 @item
3380 Choose one of those types for each symbol (terminal or nonterminal) for
3381 which semantic values are used. This is done for tokens with the
3382 @code{%token} Bison declaration (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names})
3383 and for groupings with the @code{%type} Bison declaration (@pxref{Type
3384 Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
3385 @end itemize
3386
3387 @node Actions
3388 @subsection Actions
3389 @cindex action
3390 @vindex $$
3391 @vindex $@var{n}
3392
3393 An action accompanies a syntactic rule and contains C code to be executed
3394 each time an instance of that rule is recognized. The task of most actions
3395 is to compute a semantic value for the grouping built by the rule from the
3396 semantic values associated with tokens or smaller groupings.
3397
3398 An action consists of braced code containing C statements, and can be
3399 placed at any position in the rule;
3400 it is executed at that position. Most rules have just one action at the
3401 end of the rule, following all the components. Actions in the middle of
3402 a rule are tricky and used only for special purposes (@pxref{Mid-Rule
3403 Actions, ,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
3404
3405 The C code in an action can refer to the semantic values of the components
3406 matched by the rule with the construct @code{$@var{n}}, which stands for
3407 the value of the @var{n}th component. The semantic value for the grouping
3408 being constructed is @code{$$}. Bison translates both of these
3409 constructs into expressions of the appropriate type when it copies the
3410 actions into the parser file. @code{$$} is translated to a modifiable
3411 lvalue, so it can be assigned to.
3412
3413 Here is a typical example:
3414
3415 @example
3416 @group
3417 exp: @dots{}
3418 | exp '+' exp
3419 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3420 @end group
3421 @end example
3422
3423 @noindent
3424 This rule constructs an @code{exp} from two smaller @code{exp} groupings
3425 connected by a plus-sign token. In the action, @code{$1} and @code{$3}
3426 refer to the semantic values of the two component @code{exp} groupings,
3427 which are the first and third symbols on the right hand side of the rule.
3428 The sum is stored into @code{$$} so that it becomes the semantic value of
3429 the addition-expression just recognized by the rule. If there were a
3430 useful semantic value associated with the @samp{+} token, it could be
3431 referred to as @code{$2}.
3432
3433 Note that the vertical-bar character @samp{|} is really a rule
3434 separator, and actions are attached to a single rule. This is a
3435 difference with tools like Flex, for which @samp{|} stands for either
3436 ``or'', or ``the same action as that of the next rule''. In the
3437 following example, the action is triggered only when @samp{b} is found:
3438
3439 @example
3440 @group
3441 a-or-b: 'a'|'b' @{ a_or_b_found = 1; @};
3442 @end group
3443 @end example
3444
3445 @cindex default action
3446 If you don't specify an action for a rule, Bison supplies a default:
3447 @w{@code{$$ = $1}.} Thus, the value of the first symbol in the rule
3448 becomes the value of the whole rule. Of course, the default action is
3449 valid only if the two data types match. There is no meaningful default
3450 action for an empty rule; every empty rule must have an explicit action
3451 unless the rule's value does not matter.
3452
3453 @code{$@var{n}} with @var{n} zero or negative is allowed for reference
3454 to tokens and groupings on the stack @emph{before} those that match the
3455 current rule. This is a very risky practice, and to use it reliably
3456 you must be certain of the context in which the rule is applied. Here
3457 is a case in which you can use this reliably:
3458
3459 @example
3460 @group
3461 foo: expr bar '+' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3462 | expr bar '-' expr @{ @dots{} @}
3463 ;
3464 @end group
3465
3466 @group
3467 bar: /* empty */
3468 @{ previous_expr = $0; @}
3469 ;
3470 @end group
3471 @end example
3472
3473 As long as @code{bar} is used only in the fashion shown here, @code{$0}
3474 always refers to the @code{expr} which precedes @code{bar} in the
3475 definition of @code{foo}.
3476
3477 @vindex yylval
3478 It is also possible to access the semantic value of the lookahead token, if
3479 any, from a semantic action.
3480 This semantic value is stored in @code{yylval}.
3481 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3482
3483 @node Action Types
3484 @subsection Data Types of Values in Actions
3485 @cindex action data types
3486 @cindex data types in actions
3487
3488 If you have chosen a single data type for semantic values, the @code{$$}
3489 and @code{$@var{n}} constructs always have that data type.
3490
3491 If you have used @code{%union} to specify a variety of data types, then you
3492 must declare a choice among these types for each terminal or nonterminal
3493 symbol that can have a semantic value. Then each time you use @code{$$} or
3494 @code{$@var{n}}, its data type is determined by which symbol it refers to
3495 in the rule. In this example,
3496
3497 @example
3498 @group
3499 exp: @dots{}
3500 | exp '+' exp
3501 @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
3502 @end group
3503 @end example
3504
3505 @noindent
3506 @code{$1} and @code{$3} refer to instances of @code{exp}, so they all
3507 have the data type declared for the nonterminal symbol @code{exp}. If
3508 @code{$2} were used, it would have the data type declared for the
3509 terminal symbol @code{'+'}, whatever that might be.
3510
3511 Alternatively, you can specify the data type when you refer to the value,
3512 by inserting @samp{<@var{type}>} after the @samp{$} at the beginning of the
3513 reference. For example, if you have defined types as shown here:
3514
3515 @example
3516 @group
3517 %union @{
3518 int itype;
3519 double dtype;
3520 @}
3521 @end group
3522 @end example
3523
3524 @noindent
3525 then you can write @code{$<itype>1} to refer to the first subunit of the
3526 rule as an integer, or @code{$<dtype>1} to refer to it as a double.
3527
3528 @node Mid-Rule Actions
3529 @subsection Actions in Mid-Rule
3530 @cindex actions in mid-rule
3531 @cindex mid-rule actions
3532
3533 Occasionally it is useful to put an action in the middle of a rule.
3534 These actions are written just like usual end-of-rule actions, but they
3535 are executed before the parser even recognizes the following components.
3536
3537 A mid-rule action may refer to the components preceding it using
3538 @code{$@var{n}}, but it may not refer to subsequent components because
3539 it is run before they are parsed.
3540
3541 The mid-rule action itself counts as one of the components of the rule.
3542 This makes a difference when there is another action later in the same rule
3543 (and usually there is another at the end): you have to count the actions
3544 along with the symbols when working out which number @var{n} to use in
3545 @code{$@var{n}}.
3546
3547 The mid-rule action can also have a semantic value. The action can set
3548 its value with an assignment to @code{$$}, and actions later in the rule
3549 can refer to the value using @code{$@var{n}}. Since there is no symbol
3550 to name the action, there is no way to declare a data type for the value
3551 in advance, so you must use the @samp{$<@dots{}>@var{n}} construct to
3552 specify a data type each time you refer to this value.
3553
3554 There is no way to set the value of the entire rule with a mid-rule
3555 action, because assignments to @code{$$} do not have that effect. The
3556 only way to set the value for the entire rule is with an ordinary action
3557 at the end of the rule.
3558
3559 Here is an example from a hypothetical compiler, handling a @code{let}
3560 statement that looks like @samp{let (@var{variable}) @var{statement}} and
3561 serves to create a variable named @var{variable} temporarily for the
3562 duration of @var{statement}. To parse this construct, we must put
3563 @var{variable} into the symbol table while @var{statement} is parsed, then
3564 remove it afterward. Here is how it is done:
3565
3566 @example
3567 @group
3568 stmt: LET '(' var ')'
3569 @{ $<context>$ = push_context ();
3570 declare_variable ($3); @}
3571 stmt @{ $$ = $6;
3572 pop_context ($<context>5); @}
3573 @end group
3574 @end example
3575
3576 @noindent
3577 As soon as @samp{let (@var{variable})} has been recognized, the first
3578 action is run. It saves a copy of the current semantic context (the
3579 list of accessible variables) as its semantic value, using alternative
3580 @code{context} in the data-type union. Then it calls
3581 @code{declare_variable} to add the new variable to that list. Once the
3582 first action is finished, the embedded statement @code{stmt} can be
3583 parsed. Note that the mid-rule action is component number 5, so the
3584 @samp{stmt} is component number 6.
3585
3586 After the embedded statement is parsed, its semantic value becomes the
3587 value of the entire @code{let}-statement. Then the semantic value from the
3588 earlier action is used to restore the prior list of variables. This
3589 removes the temporary @code{let}-variable from the list so that it won't
3590 appear to exist while the rest of the program is parsed.
3591
3592 @findex %destructor
3593 @cindex discarded symbols, mid-rule actions
3594 @cindex error recovery, mid-rule actions
3595 In the above example, if the parser initiates error recovery (@pxref{Error
3596 Recovery}) while parsing the tokens in the embedded statement @code{stmt},
3597 it might discard the previous semantic context @code{$<context>5} without
3598 restoring it.
3599 Thus, @code{$<context>5} needs a destructor (@pxref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
3600 Discarded Symbols}).
3601 However, Bison currently provides no means to declare a destructor specific to
3602 a particular mid-rule action's semantic value.
3603
3604 One solution is to bury the mid-rule action inside a nonterminal symbol and to
3605 declare a destructor for that symbol:
3606
3607 @example
3608 @group
3609 %type <context> let
3610 %destructor @{ pop_context ($$); @} let
3611
3612 %%
3613
3614 stmt: let stmt
3615 @{ $$ = $2;
3616 pop_context ($1); @}
3617 ;
3618
3619 let: LET '(' var ')'
3620 @{ $$ = push_context ();
3621 declare_variable ($3); @}
3622 ;
3623
3624 @end group
3625 @end example
3626
3627 @noindent
3628 Note that the action is now at the end of its rule.
3629 Any mid-rule action can be converted to an end-of-rule action in this way, and
3630 this is what Bison actually does to implement mid-rule actions.
3631
3632 Taking action before a rule is completely recognized often leads to
3633 conflicts since the parser must commit to a parse in order to execute the
3634 action. For example, the following two rules, without mid-rule actions,
3635 can coexist in a working parser because the parser can shift the open-brace
3636 token and look at what follows before deciding whether there is a
3637 declaration or not:
3638
3639 @example
3640 @group
3641 compound: '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3642 | '@{' statements '@}'
3643 ;
3644 @end group
3645 @end example
3646
3647 @noindent
3648 But when we add a mid-rule action as follows, the rules become nonfunctional:
3649
3650 @example
3651 @group
3652 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3653 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3654 @end group
3655 @group
3656 | '@{' statements '@}'
3657 ;
3658 @end group
3659 @end example
3660
3661 @noindent
3662 Now the parser is forced to decide whether to run the mid-rule action
3663 when it has read no farther than the open-brace. In other words, it
3664 must commit to using one rule or the other, without sufficient
3665 information to do it correctly. (The open-brace token is what is called
3666 the @dfn{lookahead} token at this time, since the parser is still
3667 deciding what to do about it. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.)
3668
3669 You might think that you could correct the problem by putting identical
3670 actions into the two rules, like this:
3671
3672 @example
3673 @group
3674 compound: @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3675 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3676 | @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3677 '@{' statements '@}'
3678 ;
3679 @end group
3680 @end example
3681
3682 @noindent
3683 But this does not help, because Bison does not realize that the two actions
3684 are identical. (Bison never tries to understand the C code in an action.)
3685
3686 If the grammar is such that a declaration can be distinguished from a
3687 statement by the first token (which is true in C), then one solution which
3688 does work is to put the action after the open-brace, like this:
3689
3690 @example
3691 @group
3692 compound: '@{' @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3693 declarations statements '@}'
3694 | '@{' statements '@}'
3695 ;
3696 @end group
3697 @end example
3698
3699 @noindent
3700 Now the first token of the following declaration or statement,
3701 which would in any case tell Bison which rule to use, can still do so.
3702
3703 Another solution is to bury the action inside a nonterminal symbol which
3704 serves as a subroutine:
3705
3706 @example
3707 @group
3708 subroutine: /* empty */
3709 @{ prepare_for_local_variables (); @}
3710 ;
3711
3712 @end group
3713
3714 @group
3715 compound: subroutine
3716 '@{' declarations statements '@}'
3717 | subroutine
3718 '@{' statements '@}'
3719 ;
3720 @end group
3721 @end example
3722
3723 @noindent
3724 Now Bison can execute the action in the rule for @code{subroutine} without
3725 deciding which rule for @code{compound} it will eventually use.
3726
3727 @node Locations
3728 @section Tracking Locations
3729 @cindex location
3730 @cindex textual location
3731 @cindex location, textual
3732
3733 Though grammar rules and semantic actions are enough to write a fully
3734 functional parser, it can be useful to process some additional information,
3735 especially symbol locations.
3736
3737 The way locations are handled is defined by providing a data type, and
3738 actions to take when rules are matched.
3739
3740 @menu
3741 * Location Type:: Specifying a data type for locations.
3742 * Actions and Locations:: Using locations in actions.
3743 * Location Default Action:: Defining a general way to compute locations.
3744 @end menu
3745
3746 @node Location Type
3747 @subsection Data Type of Locations
3748 @cindex data type of locations
3749 @cindex default location type
3750
3751 Defining a data type for locations is much simpler than for semantic values,
3752 since all tokens and groupings always use the same type.
3753
3754 You can specify the type of locations by defining a macro called
3755 @code{YYLTYPE}, just as you can specify the semantic value type by
3756 defining a @code{YYSTYPE} macro (@pxref{Value Type}).
3757 When @code{YYLTYPE} is not defined, Bison uses a default structure type with
3758 four members:
3759
3760 @example
3761 typedef struct YYLTYPE
3762 @{
3763 int first_line;
3764 int first_column;
3765 int last_line;
3766 int last_column;
3767 @} YYLTYPE;
3768 @end example
3769
3770 At the beginning of the parsing, Bison initializes all these fields to 1
3771 for @code{yylloc}.
3772
3773 @node Actions and Locations
3774 @subsection Actions and Locations
3775 @cindex location actions
3776 @cindex actions, location
3777 @vindex @@$
3778 @vindex @@@var{n}
3779
3780 Actions are not only useful for defining language semantics, but also for
3781 describing the behavior of the output parser with locations.
3782
3783 The most obvious way for building locations of syntactic groupings is very
3784 similar to the way semantic values are computed. In a given rule, several
3785 constructs can be used to access the locations of the elements being matched.
3786 The location of the @var{n}th component of the right hand side is
3787 @code{@@@var{n}}, while the location of the left hand side grouping is
3788 @code{@@$}.
3789
3790 Here is a basic example using the default data type for locations:
3791
3792 @example
3793 @group
3794 exp: @dots{}
3795 | exp '/' exp
3796 @{
3797 @@$.first_column = @@1.first_column;
3798 @@$.first_line = @@1.first_line;
3799 @@$.last_column = @@3.last_column;
3800 @@$.last_line = @@3.last_line;
3801 if ($3)
3802 $$ = $1 / $3;
3803 else
3804 @{
3805 $$ = 1;
3806 fprintf (stderr,
3807 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3808 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3809 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3810 @}
3811 @}
3812 @end group
3813 @end example
3814
3815 As for semantic values, there is a default action for locations that is
3816 run each time a rule is matched. It sets the beginning of @code{@@$} to the
3817 beginning of the first symbol, and the end of @code{@@$} to the end of the
3818 last symbol.
3819
3820 With this default action, the location tracking can be fully automatic. The
3821 example above simply rewrites this way:
3822
3823 @example
3824 @group
3825 exp: @dots{}
3826 | exp '/' exp
3827 @{
3828 if ($3)
3829 $$ = $1 / $3;
3830 else
3831 @{
3832 $$ = 1;
3833 fprintf (stderr,
3834 "Division by zero, l%d,c%d-l%d,c%d",
3835 @@3.first_line, @@3.first_column,
3836 @@3.last_line, @@3.last_column);
3837 @}
3838 @}
3839 @end group
3840 @end example
3841
3842 @vindex yylloc
3843 It is also possible to access the location of the lookahead token, if any,
3844 from a semantic action.
3845 This location is stored in @code{yylloc}.
3846 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
3847
3848 @node Location Default Action
3849 @subsection Default Action for Locations
3850 @vindex YYLLOC_DEFAULT
3851 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsers and @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}
3852
3853 Actually, actions are not the best place to compute locations. Since
3854 locations are much more general than semantic values, there is room in
3855 the output parser to redefine the default action to take for each
3856 rule. The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro is invoked each time a rule is
3857 matched, before the associated action is run. It is also invoked
3858 while processing a syntax error, to compute the error's location.
3859 Before reporting an unresolvable syntactic ambiguity, a @acronym{GLR}
3860 parser invokes @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} recursively to compute the location
3861 of that ambiguity.
3862
3863 Most of the time, this macro is general enough to suppress location
3864 dedicated code from semantic actions.
3865
3866 The @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} macro takes three parameters. The first one is
3867 the location of the grouping (the result of the computation). When a
3868 rule is matched, the second parameter identifies locations of
3869 all right hand side elements of the rule being matched, and the third
3870 parameter is the size of the rule's right hand side.
3871 When a @acronym{GLR} parser reports an ambiguity, which of multiple candidate
3872 right hand sides it passes to @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is undefined.
3873 When processing a syntax error, the second parameter identifies locations
3874 of the symbols that were discarded during error processing, and the third
3875 parameter is the number of discarded symbols.
3876
3877 By default, @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT} is defined this way:
3878
3879 @smallexample
3880 @group
3881 # define YYLLOC_DEFAULT(Current, Rhs, N) \
3882 do \
3883 if (N) \
3884 @{ \
3885 (Current).first_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_line; \
3886 (Current).first_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 1).first_column; \
3887 (Current).last_line = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_line; \
3888 (Current).last_column = YYRHSLOC(Rhs, N).last_column; \
3889 @} \
3890 else \
3891 @{ \
3892 (Current).first_line = (Current).last_line = \
3893 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_line; \
3894 (Current).first_column = (Current).last_column = \
3895 YYRHSLOC(Rhs, 0).last_column; \
3896 @} \
3897 while (0)
3898 @end group
3899 @end smallexample
3900
3901 where @code{YYRHSLOC (rhs, k)} is the location of the @var{k}th symbol
3902 in @var{rhs} when @var{k} is positive, and the location of the symbol
3903 just before the reduction when @var{k} and @var{n} are both zero.
3904
3905 When defining @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}, you should consider that:
3906
3907 @itemize @bullet
3908 @item
3909 All arguments are free of side-effects. However, only the first one (the
3910 result) should be modified by @code{YYLLOC_DEFAULT}.
3911
3912 @item
3913 For consistency with semantic actions, valid indexes within the
3914 right hand side range from 1 to @var{n}. When @var{n} is zero, only 0 is a
3915 valid index, and it refers to the symbol just before the reduction.
3916 During error processing @var{n} is always positive.
3917
3918 @item
3919 Your macro should parenthesize its arguments, if need be, since the
3920 actual arguments may not be surrounded by parentheses. Also, your
3921 macro should expand to something that can be used as a single
3922 statement when it is followed by a semicolon.
3923 @end itemize
3924
3925 @node Declarations
3926 @section Bison Declarations
3927 @cindex declarations, Bison
3928 @cindex Bison declarations
3929
3930 The @dfn{Bison declarations} section of a Bison grammar defines the symbols
3931 used in formulating the grammar and the data types of semantic values.
3932 @xref{Symbols}.
3933
3934 All token type names (but not single-character literal tokens such as
3935 @code{'+'} and @code{'*'}) must be declared. Nonterminal symbols must be
3936 declared if you need to specify which data type to use for the semantic
3937 value (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}).
3938
3939 The first rule in the file also specifies the start symbol, by default.
3940 If you want some other symbol to be the start symbol, you must declare
3941 it explicitly (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
3942 Grammars}).
3943
3944 @menu
3945 * Require Decl:: Requiring a Bison version.
3946 * Token Decl:: Declaring terminal symbols.
3947 * Precedence Decl:: Declaring terminals with precedence and associativity.
3948 * Union Decl:: Declaring the set of all semantic value types.
3949 * Type Decl:: Declaring the choice of type for a nonterminal symbol.
3950 * Initial Action Decl:: Code run before parsing starts.
3951 * Destructor Decl:: Declaring how symbols are freed.
3952 * Expect Decl:: Suppressing warnings about parsing conflicts.
3953 * Start Decl:: Specifying the start symbol.
3954 * Pure Decl:: Requesting a reentrant parser.
3955 * Decl Summary:: Table of all Bison declarations.
3956 @end menu
3957
3958 @node Require Decl
3959 @subsection Require a Version of Bison
3960 @cindex version requirement
3961 @cindex requiring a version of Bison
3962 @findex %require
3963
3964 You may require the minimum version of Bison to process the grammar. If
3965 the requirement is not met, @command{bison} exits with an error (exit
3966 status 63).
3967
3968 @example
3969 %require "@var{version}"
3970 @end example
3971
3972 @node Token Decl
3973 @subsection Token Type Names
3974 @cindex declaring token type names
3975 @cindex token type names, declaring
3976 @cindex declaring literal string tokens
3977 @findex %token
3978
3979 The basic way to declare a token type name (terminal symbol) is as follows:
3980
3981 @example
3982 %token @var{name}
3983 @end example
3984
3985 Bison will convert this into a @code{#define} directive in
3986 the parser, so that the function @code{yylex} (if it is in this file)
3987 can use the name @var{name} to stand for this token type's code.
3988
3989 Alternatively, you can use @code{%left}, @code{%right}, or
3990 @code{%nonassoc} instead of @code{%token}, if you wish to specify
3991 associativity and precedence. @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator
3992 Precedence}.
3993
3994 You can explicitly specify the numeric code for a token type by appending
3995 a decimal or hexadecimal integer value in the field immediately
3996 following the token name:
3997
3998 @example
3999 %token NUM 300
4000 %token XNUM 0x12d // a GNU extension
4001 @end example
4002
4003 @noindent
4004 It is generally best, however, to let Bison choose the numeric codes for
4005 all token types. Bison will automatically select codes that don't conflict
4006 with each other or with normal characters.
4007
4008 In the event that the stack type is a union, you must augment the
4009 @code{%token} or other token declaration to include the data type
4010 alternative delimited by angle-brackets (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More
4011 Than One Value Type}).
4012
4013 For example:
4014
4015 @example
4016 @group
4017 %union @{ /* define stack type */
4018 double val;
4019 symrec *tptr;
4020 @}
4021 %token <val> NUM /* define token NUM and its type */
4022 @end group
4023 @end example
4024
4025 You can associate a literal string token with a token type name by
4026 writing the literal string at the end of a @code{%token}
4027 declaration which declares the name. For example:
4028
4029 @example
4030 %token arrow "=>"
4031 @end example
4032
4033 @noindent
4034 For example, a grammar for the C language might specify these names with
4035 equivalent literal string tokens:
4036
4037 @example
4038 %token <operator> OR "||"
4039 %token <operator> LE 134 "<="
4040 %left OR "<="
4041 @end example
4042
4043 @noindent
4044 Once you equate the literal string and the token name, you can use them
4045 interchangeably in further declarations or the grammar rules. The
4046 @code{yylex} function can use the token name or the literal string to
4047 obtain the token type code number (@pxref{Calling Convention}).
4048
4049 @node Precedence Decl
4050 @subsection Operator Precedence
4051 @cindex precedence declarations
4052 @cindex declaring operator precedence
4053 @cindex operator precedence, declaring
4054
4055 Use the @code{%left}, @code{%right} or @code{%nonassoc} declaration to
4056 declare a token and specify its precedence and associativity, all at
4057 once. These are called @dfn{precedence declarations}.
4058 @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}, for general information on
4059 operator precedence.
4060
4061 The syntax of a precedence declaration is the same as that of
4062 @code{%token}: either
4063
4064 @example
4065 %left @var{symbols}@dots{}
4066 @end example
4067
4068 @noindent
4069 or
4070
4071 @example
4072 %left <@var{type}> @var{symbols}@dots{}
4073 @end example
4074
4075 And indeed any of these declarations serves the purposes of @code{%token}.
4076 But in addition, they specify the associativity and relative precedence for
4077 all the @var{symbols}:
4078
4079 @itemize @bullet
4080 @item
4081 The associativity of an operator @var{op} determines how repeated uses
4082 of the operator nest: whether @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op}
4083 @var{z}} is parsed by grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first or by
4084 grouping @var{y} with @var{z} first. @code{%left} specifies
4085 left-associativity (grouping @var{x} with @var{y} first) and
4086 @code{%right} specifies right-associativity (grouping @var{y} with
4087 @var{z} first). @code{%nonassoc} specifies no associativity, which
4088 means that @samp{@var{x} @var{op} @var{y} @var{op} @var{z}} is
4089 considered a syntax error.
4090
4091 @item
4092 The precedence of an operator determines how it nests with other operators.
4093 All the tokens declared in a single precedence declaration have equal
4094 precedence and nest together according to their associativity.
4095 When two tokens declared in different precedence declarations associate,
4096 the one declared later has the higher precedence and is grouped first.
4097 @end itemize
4098
4099 @node Union Decl
4100 @subsection The Collection of Value Types
4101 @cindex declaring value types
4102 @cindex value types, declaring
4103 @findex %union
4104
4105 The @code{%union} declaration specifies the entire collection of
4106 possible data types for semantic values. The keyword @code{%union} is
4107 followed by braced code containing the same thing that goes inside a
4108 @code{union} in C@.
4109
4110 For example:
4111
4112 @example
4113 @group
4114 %union @{
4115 double val;
4116 symrec *tptr;
4117 @}
4118 @end group
4119 @end example
4120
4121 @noindent
4122 This says that the two alternative types are @code{double} and @code{symrec
4123 *}. They are given names @code{val} and @code{tptr}; these names are used
4124 in the @code{%token} and @code{%type} declarations to pick one of the types
4125 for a terminal or nonterminal symbol (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4126
4127 As an extension to @acronym{POSIX}, a tag is allowed after the
4128 @code{union}. For example:
4129
4130 @example
4131 @group
4132 %union value @{
4133 double val;
4134 symrec *tptr;
4135 @}
4136 @end group
4137 @end example
4138
4139 @noindent
4140 specifies the union tag @code{value}, so the corresponding C type is
4141 @code{union value}. If you do not specify a tag, it defaults to
4142 @code{YYSTYPE}.
4143
4144 As another extension to @acronym{POSIX}, you may specify multiple
4145 @code{%union} declarations; their contents are concatenated. However,
4146 only the first @code{%union} declaration can specify a tag.
4147
4148 Note that, unlike making a @code{union} declaration in C, you need not write
4149 a semicolon after the closing brace.
4150
4151 Instead of @code{%union}, you can define and use your own union type
4152 @code{YYSTYPE} if your grammar contains at least one
4153 @samp{<@var{type}>} tag. For example, you can put the following into
4154 a header file @file{parser.h}:
4155
4156 @example
4157 @group
4158 union YYSTYPE @{
4159 double val;
4160 symrec *tptr;
4161 @};
4162 typedef union YYSTYPE YYSTYPE;
4163 @end group
4164 @end example
4165
4166 @noindent
4167 and then your grammar can use the following
4168 instead of @code{%union}:
4169
4170 @example
4171 @group
4172 %@{
4173 #include "parser.h"
4174 %@}
4175 %type <val> expr
4176 %token <tptr> ID
4177 @end group
4178 @end example
4179
4180 @node Type Decl
4181 @subsection Nonterminal Symbols
4182 @cindex declaring value types, nonterminals
4183 @cindex value types, nonterminals, declaring
4184 @findex %type
4185
4186 @noindent
4187 When you use @code{%union} to specify multiple value types, you must
4188 declare the value type of each nonterminal symbol for which values are
4189 used. This is done with a @code{%type} declaration, like this:
4190
4191 @example
4192 %type <@var{type}> @var{nonterminal}@dots{}
4193 @end example
4194
4195 @noindent
4196 Here @var{nonterminal} is the name of a nonterminal symbol, and
4197 @var{type} is the name given in the @code{%union} to the alternative
4198 that you want (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}). You
4199 can give any number of nonterminal symbols in the same @code{%type}
4200 declaration, if they have the same value type. Use spaces to separate
4201 the symbol names.
4202
4203 You can also declare the value type of a terminal symbol. To do this,
4204 use the same @code{<@var{type}>} construction in a declaration for the
4205 terminal symbol. All kinds of token declarations allow
4206 @code{<@var{type}>}.
4207
4208 @node Initial Action Decl
4209 @subsection Performing Actions before Parsing
4210 @findex %initial-action
4211
4212 Sometimes your parser needs to perform some initializations before
4213 parsing. The @code{%initial-action} directive allows for such arbitrary
4214 code.
4215
4216 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action @{ @var{code} @}
4217 @findex %initial-action
4218 Declare that the braced @var{code} must be invoked before parsing each time
4219 @code{yyparse} is called. The @var{code} may use @code{$$} and
4220 @code{@@$} --- initial value and location of the lookahead --- and the
4221 @code{%parse-param}.
4222 @end deffn
4223
4224 For instance, if your locations use a file name, you may use
4225
4226 @example
4227 %parse-param @{ char const *file_name @};
4228 %initial-action
4229 @{
4230 @@$.initialize (file_name);
4231 @};
4232 @end example
4233
4234
4235 @node Destructor Decl
4236 @subsection Freeing Discarded Symbols
4237 @cindex freeing discarded symbols
4238 @findex %destructor
4239 @findex <*>
4240 @findex <>
4241 During error recovery (@pxref{Error Recovery}), symbols already pushed
4242 on the stack and tokens coming from the rest of the file are discarded
4243 until the parser falls on its feet. If the parser runs out of memory,
4244 or if it returns via @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, all the
4245 symbols on the stack must be discarded. Even if the parser succeeds, it
4246 must discard the start symbol.
4247
4248 When discarded symbols convey heap based information, this memory is
4249 lost. While this behavior can be tolerable for batch parsers, such as
4250 in traditional compilers, it is unacceptable for programs like shells or
4251 protocol implementations that may parse and execute indefinitely.
4252
4253 The @code{%destructor} directive defines code that is called when a
4254 symbol is automatically discarded.
4255
4256 @deffn {Directive} %destructor @{ @var{code} @} @var{symbols}
4257 @findex %destructor
4258 Invoke the braced @var{code} whenever the parser discards one of the
4259 @var{symbols}.
4260 Within @var{code}, @code{$$} designates the semantic value associated
4261 with the discarded symbol, and @code{@@$} designates its location.
4262 The additional parser parameters are also available (@pxref{Parser Function, ,
4263 The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}).
4264
4265 When a symbol is listed among @var{symbols}, its @code{%destructor} is called a
4266 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4267 You may also define a per-type @code{%destructor} by listing a semantic type
4268 tag among @var{symbols}.
4269 In that case, the parser will invoke this @var{code} whenever it discards any
4270 grammar symbol that has that semantic type tag unless that symbol has its own
4271 per-symbol @code{%destructor}.
4272
4273 Finally, you can define two different kinds of default @code{%destructor}s.
4274 You can place each of @code{<*>} and @code{<>} in the @var{symbols} list of
4275 exactly one @code{%destructor} declaration in your grammar file.
4276 The parser will invoke the @var{code} associated with one of these whenever it
4277 discards any user-defined grammar symbol that has no per-symbol and no per-type
4278 @code{%destructor}.
4279 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<*>} in the case of such a grammar
4280 symbol for which you have formally declared a semantic type tag (@code{%type}
4281 counts as such a declaration, but @code{$<tag>$} does not).
4282 The parser uses the @var{code} for @code{<>} in the case of such a grammar
4283 symbol that has no declared semantic type tag.
4284 @end deffn
4285
4286 @noindent
4287 For example:
4288
4289 @smallexample
4290 %union @{ char *string; @}
4291 %token <string> STRING1
4292 %token <string> STRING2
4293 %type <string> string1
4294 %type <string> string2
4295 %union @{ char character; @}
4296 %token <character> CHR
4297 %type <character> chr
4298 %token TAGLESS
4299
4300 %destructor @{ @} <character>
4301 %destructor @{ free ($$); @} <*>
4302 %destructor @{ free ($$); printf ("%d", @@$.first_line); @} STRING1 string1
4303 %destructor @{ printf ("Discarding tagless symbol.\n"); @} <>
4304 @end smallexample
4305
4306 @noindent
4307 guarantees that, when the parser discards any user-defined symbol that has a
4308 semantic type tag other than @code{<character>}, it passes its semantic value
4309 to @code{free} by default.
4310 However, when the parser discards a @code{STRING1} or a @code{string1}, it also
4311 prints its line number to @code{stdout}.
4312 It performs only the second @code{%destructor} in this case, so it invokes
4313 @code{free} only once.
4314 Finally, the parser merely prints a message whenever it discards any symbol,
4315 such as @code{TAGLESS}, that has no semantic type tag.
4316
4317 A Bison-generated parser invokes the default @code{%destructor}s only for
4318 user-defined as opposed to Bison-defined symbols.
4319 For example, the parser will not invoke either kind of default
4320 @code{%destructor} for the special Bison-defined symbols @code{$accept},
4321 @code{$undefined}, or @code{$end} (@pxref{Table of Symbols, ,Bison Symbols}),
4322 none of which you can reference in your grammar.
4323 It also will not invoke either for the @code{error} token (@pxref{Table of
4324 Symbols, ,error}), which is always defined by Bison regardless of whether you
4325 reference it in your grammar.
4326 However, it may invoke one of them for the end token (token 0) if you
4327 redefine it from @code{$end} to, for example, @code{END}:
4328
4329 @smallexample
4330 %token END 0
4331 @end smallexample
4332
4333 @cindex actions in mid-rule
4334 @cindex mid-rule actions
4335 Finally, Bison will never invoke a @code{%destructor} for an unreferenced
4336 mid-rule semantic value (@pxref{Mid-Rule Actions,,Actions in Mid-Rule}).
4337 That is, Bison does not consider a mid-rule to have a semantic value if you do
4338 not reference @code{$$} in the mid-rule's action or @code{$@var{n}} (where
4339 @var{n} is the RHS symbol position of the mid-rule) in any later action in that
4340 rule.
4341 However, if you do reference either, the Bison-generated parser will invoke the
4342 @code{<>} @code{%destructor} whenever it discards the mid-rule symbol.
4343
4344 @ignore
4345 @noindent
4346 In the future, it may be possible to redefine the @code{error} token as a
4347 nonterminal that captures the discarded symbols.
4348 In that case, the parser will invoke the default destructor for it as well.
4349 @end ignore
4350
4351 @sp 1
4352
4353 @cindex discarded symbols
4354 @dfn{Discarded symbols} are the following:
4355
4356 @itemize
4357 @item
4358 stacked symbols popped during the first phase of error recovery,
4359 @item
4360 incoming terminals during the second phase of error recovery,
4361 @item
4362 the current lookahead and the entire stack (except the current
4363 right-hand side symbols) when the parser returns immediately, and
4364 @item
4365 the start symbol, when the parser succeeds.
4366 @end itemize
4367
4368 The parser can @dfn{return immediately} because of an explicit call to
4369 @code{YYABORT} or @code{YYACCEPT}, or failed error recovery, or memory
4370 exhaustion.
4371
4372 Right-hand size symbols of a rule that explicitly triggers a syntax
4373 error via @code{YYERROR} are not discarded automatically. As a rule
4374 of thumb, destructors are invoked only when user actions cannot manage
4375 the memory.
4376
4377 @node Expect Decl
4378 @subsection Suppressing Conflict Warnings
4379 @cindex suppressing conflict warnings
4380 @cindex preventing warnings about conflicts
4381 @cindex warnings, preventing
4382 @cindex conflicts, suppressing warnings of
4383 @findex %expect
4384 @findex %expect-rr
4385
4386 Bison normally warns if there are any conflicts in the grammar
4387 (@pxref{Shift/Reduce, ,Shift/Reduce Conflicts}), but most real grammars
4388 have harmless shift/reduce conflicts which are resolved in a predictable
4389 way and would be difficult to eliminate. It is desirable to suppress
4390 the warning about these conflicts unless the number of conflicts
4391 changes. You can do this with the @code{%expect} declaration.
4392
4393 The declaration looks like this:
4394
4395 @example
4396 %expect @var{n}
4397 @end example
4398
4399 Here @var{n} is a decimal integer. The declaration says there should
4400 be @var{n} shift/reduce conflicts and no reduce/reduce conflicts.
4401 Bison reports an error if the number of shift/reduce conflicts differs
4402 from @var{n}, or if there are any reduce/reduce conflicts.
4403
4404 For normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers, reduce/reduce conflicts are more
4405 serious, and should be eliminated entirely. Bison will always report
4406 reduce/reduce conflicts for these parsers. With @acronym{GLR}
4407 parsers, however, both kinds of conflicts are routine; otherwise,
4408 there would be no need to use @acronym{GLR} parsing. Therefore, it is
4409 also possible to specify an expected number of reduce/reduce conflicts
4410 in @acronym{GLR} parsers, using the declaration:
4411
4412 @example
4413 %expect-rr @var{n}
4414 @end example
4415
4416 In general, using @code{%expect} involves these steps:
4417
4418 @itemize @bullet
4419 @item
4420 Compile your grammar without @code{%expect}. Use the @samp{-v} option
4421 to get a verbose list of where the conflicts occur. Bison will also
4422 print the number of conflicts.
4423
4424 @item
4425 Check each of the conflicts to make sure that Bison's default
4426 resolution is what you really want. If not, rewrite the grammar and
4427 go back to the beginning.
4428
4429 @item
4430 Add an @code{%expect} declaration, copying the number @var{n} from the
4431 number which Bison printed. With @acronym{GLR} parsers, add an
4432 @code{%expect-rr} declaration as well.
4433 @end itemize
4434
4435 Now Bison will warn you if you introduce an unexpected conflict, but
4436 will keep silent otherwise.
4437
4438 @node Start Decl
4439 @subsection The Start-Symbol
4440 @cindex declaring the start symbol
4441 @cindex start symbol, declaring
4442 @cindex default start symbol
4443 @findex %start
4444
4445 Bison assumes by default that the start symbol for the grammar is the first
4446 nonterminal specified in the grammar specification section. The programmer
4447 may override this restriction with the @code{%start} declaration as follows:
4448
4449 @example
4450 %start @var{symbol}
4451 @end example
4452
4453 @node Pure Decl
4454 @subsection A Pure (Reentrant) Parser
4455 @cindex reentrant parser
4456 @cindex pure parser
4457 @findex %pure-parser
4458
4459 A @dfn{reentrant} program is one which does not alter in the course of
4460 execution; in other words, it consists entirely of @dfn{pure} (read-only)
4461 code. Reentrancy is important whenever asynchronous execution is possible;
4462 for example, a nonreentrant program may not be safe to call from a signal
4463 handler. In systems with multiple threads of control, a nonreentrant
4464 program must be called only within interlocks.
4465
4466 Normally, Bison generates a parser which is not reentrant. This is
4467 suitable for most uses, and it permits compatibility with Yacc. (The
4468 standard Yacc interfaces are inherently nonreentrant, because they use
4469 statically allocated variables for communication with @code{yylex},
4470 including @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.)
4471
4472 Alternatively, you can generate a pure, reentrant parser. The Bison
4473 declaration @code{%pure-parser} says that you want the parser to be
4474 reentrant. It looks like this:
4475
4476 @example
4477 %pure-parser
4478 @end example
4479
4480 The result is that the communication variables @code{yylval} and
4481 @code{yylloc} become local variables in @code{yyparse}, and a different
4482 calling convention is used for the lexical analyzer function
4483 @code{yylex}. @xref{Pure Calling, ,Calling Conventions for Pure
4484 Parsers}, for the details of this. The variable @code{yynerrs} also
4485 becomes local in @code{yyparse} (@pxref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
4486 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}). The convention for calling
4487 @code{yyparse} itself is unchanged.
4488
4489 Whether the parser is pure has nothing to do with the grammar rules.
4490 You can generate either a pure parser or a nonreentrant parser from any
4491 valid grammar.
4492
4493 @node Decl Summary
4494 @subsection Bison Declaration Summary
4495 @cindex Bison declaration summary
4496 @cindex declaration summary
4497 @cindex summary, Bison declaration
4498
4499 Here is a summary of the declarations used to define a grammar:
4500
4501 @deffn {Directive} %union
4502 Declare the collection of data types that semantic values may have
4503 (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}).
4504 @end deffn
4505
4506 @deffn {Directive} %token
4507 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) with no precedence
4508 or associativity specified (@pxref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}).
4509 @end deffn
4510
4511 @deffn {Directive} %right
4512 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is right-associative
4513 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4514 @end deffn
4515
4516 @deffn {Directive} %left
4517 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is left-associative
4518 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4519 @end deffn
4520
4521 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
4522 Declare a terminal symbol (token type name) that is nonassociative
4523 (@pxref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}).
4524 Using it in a way that would be associative is a syntax error.
4525 @end deffn
4526
4527 @ifset defaultprec
4528 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
4529 Assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec} modifier
4530 (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}).
4531 @end deffn
4532 @end ifset
4533
4534 @deffn {Directive} %type
4535 Declare the type of semantic values for a nonterminal symbol
4536 (@pxref{Type Decl, ,Nonterminal Symbols}).
4537 @end deffn
4538
4539 @deffn {Directive} %start
4540 Specify the grammar's start symbol (@pxref{Start Decl, ,The
4541 Start-Symbol}).
4542 @end deffn
4543
4544 @deffn {Directive} %expect
4545 Declare the expected number of shift-reduce conflicts
4546 (@pxref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}).
4547 @end deffn
4548
4549
4550 @sp 1
4551 @noindent
4552 In order to change the behavior of @command{bison}, use the following
4553 directives:
4554
4555 @deffn {Directive} %debug
4556 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
4557 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
4558 @end deffn
4559 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
4560
4561 @deffn {Directive} %defines
4562 Write a header file containing macro definitions for the token type
4563 names defined in the grammar as well as a few other declarations.
4564 If the parser output file is named @file{@var{name}.c} then this file
4565 is named @file{@var{name}.h}.
4566
4567 For C parsers, the output header declares @code{YYSTYPE} unless
4568 @code{YYSTYPE} is already defined as a macro or you have used a
4569 @code{<@var{type}>} tag without using @code{%union}.
4570 Therefore, if you are using a @code{%union}
4571 (@pxref{Multiple Types, ,More Than One Value Type}) with components that
4572 require other definitions, or if you have defined a @code{YYSTYPE} macro
4573 or type definition
4574 (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}), you need to
4575 arrange for these definitions to be propagated to all modules, e.g., by
4576 putting them in a prerequisite header that is included both by your
4577 parser and by any other module that needs @code{YYSTYPE}.
4578
4579 Unless your parser is pure, the output header declares @code{yylval}
4580 as an external variable. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
4581 Parser}.
4582
4583 If you have also used locations, the output header declares
4584 @code{YYLTYPE} and @code{yylloc} using a protocol similar to that of
4585 the @code{YYSTYPE} macro and @code{yylval}. @xref{Locations, ,Tracking
4586 Locations}.
4587
4588 This output file is normally essential if you wish to put the definition
4589 of @code{yylex} in a separate source file, because @code{yylex}
4590 typically needs to be able to refer to the above-mentioned declarations
4591 and to the token type codes. @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of
4592 Tokens}.
4593
4594 @findex %requires
4595 @findex %provides
4596 If you have declared @code{%requires} or @code{%provides}, the output
4597 header also contains their code.
4598 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
4599 @end deffn
4600
4601 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
4602 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
4603 @end deffn
4604
4605 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
4606 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
4607 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
4608 @end deffn
4609
4610 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4611 Specify a prefix to use for all Bison output file names. The names are
4612 chosen as if the input file were named @file{@var{prefix}.y}.
4613 @end deffn
4614
4615 @deffn {Directive} %locations
4616 Generate the code processing the locations (@pxref{Action Features,
4617 ,Special Features for Use in Actions}). This mode is enabled as soon as
4618 the grammar uses the special @samp{@@@var{n}} tokens, but if your
4619 grammar does not use it, using @samp{%locations} allows for more
4620 accurate syntax error messages.
4621 @end deffn
4622
4623 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
4624 Rename the external symbols used in the parser so that they start with
4625 @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}. The precise list of symbols renamed
4626 in C parsers
4627 is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex}, @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs},
4628 @code{yylval}, @code{yychar}, @code{yydebug}, and
4629 (if locations are used) @code{yylloc}. For example, if you use
4630 @samp{%name-prefix "c_"}, the names become @code{c_parse}, @code{c_lex},
4631 and so on. In C++ parsers, it is only the surrounding namespace which is
4632 named @var{prefix} instead of @samp{yy}.
4633 @xref{Multiple Parsers, ,Multiple Parsers in the Same Program}.
4634 @end deffn
4635
4636 @ifset defaultprec
4637 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
4638 Do not assign a precedence to rules lacking an explicit @code{%prec}
4639 modifier (@pxref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
4640 Precedence}).
4641 @end deffn
4642 @end ifset
4643
4644 @deffn {Directive} %no-parser
4645 Do not include any C code in the parser file; generate tables only. The
4646 parser file contains just @code{#define} directives and static variable
4647 declarations.
4648
4649 This option also tells Bison to write the C code for the grammar actions
4650 into a file named @file{@var{file}.act}, in the form of a
4651 brace-surrounded body fit for a @code{switch} statement.
4652 @end deffn
4653
4654 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
4655 Don't generate any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser
4656 file. Ordinarily Bison writes these commands in the parser file so that
4657 the C compiler and debuggers will associate errors and object code with
4658 your source file (the grammar file). This directive causes them to
4659 associate errors with the parser file, treating it an independent source
4660 file in its own right.
4661 @end deffn
4662
4663 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
4664 Specify @var{file} for the parser file.
4665 @end deffn
4666
4667 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
4668 Request a pure (reentrant) parser program (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure
4669 (Reentrant) Parser}).
4670 @end deffn
4671
4672 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
4673 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
4674 Require a Version of Bison}.
4675 @end deffn
4676
4677 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
4678 Generate an array of token names in the parser file. The name of the
4679 array is @code{yytname}; @code{yytname[@var{i}]} is the name of the
4680 token whose internal Bison token code number is @var{i}. The first
4681 three elements of @code{yytname} correspond to the predefined tokens
4682 @code{"$end"},
4683 @code{"error"}, and @code{"$undefined"}; after these come the symbols
4684 defined in the grammar file.
4685
4686 The name in the table includes all the characters needed to represent
4687 the token in Bison. For single-character literals and literal
4688 strings, this includes the surrounding quoting characters and any
4689 escape sequences. For example, the Bison single-character literal
4690 @code{'+'} corresponds to a three-character name, represented in C as
4691 @code{"'+'"}; and the Bison two-character literal string @code{"\\/"}
4692 corresponds to a five-character name, represented in C as
4693 @code{"\"\\\\/\""}.
4694
4695 When you specify @code{%token-table}, Bison also generates macro
4696 definitions for macros @code{YYNTOKENS}, @code{YYNNTS}, and
4697 @code{YYNRULES}, and @code{YYNSTATES}:
4698
4699 @table @code
4700 @item YYNTOKENS
4701 The highest token number, plus one.
4702 @item YYNNTS
4703 The number of nonterminal symbols.
4704 @item YYNRULES
4705 The number of grammar rules,
4706 @item YYNSTATES
4707 The number of parser states (@pxref{Parser States}).
4708 @end table
4709 @end deffn
4710
4711 @deffn {Directive} %verbose
4712 Write an extra output file containing verbose descriptions of the
4713 parser states and what is done for each type of lookahead token in
4714 that state. @xref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}, for more
4715 information.
4716 @end deffn
4717
4718 @deffn {Directive} %yacc
4719 Pretend the option @option{--yacc} was given, i.e., imitate Yacc,
4720 including its naming conventions. @xref{Bison Options}, for more.
4721 @end deffn
4722
4723
4724 @node Multiple Parsers
4725 @section Multiple Parsers in the Same Program
4726
4727 Most programs that use Bison parse only one language and therefore contain
4728 only one Bison parser. But what if you want to parse more than one
4729 language with the same program? Then you need to avoid a name conflict
4730 between different definitions of @code{yyparse}, @code{yylval}, and so on.
4731
4732 The easy way to do this is to use the option @samp{-p @var{prefix}}
4733 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}). This renames the interface
4734 functions and variables of the Bison parser to start with @var{prefix}
4735 instead of @samp{yy}. You can use this to give each parser distinct
4736 names that do not conflict.
4737
4738 The precise list of symbols renamed is @code{yyparse}, @code{yylex},
4739 @code{yyerror}, @code{yynerrs}, @code{yylval}, @code{yylloc},
4740 @code{yychar} and @code{yydebug}. For example, if you use @samp{-p c},
4741 the names become @code{cparse}, @code{clex}, and so on.
4742
4743 @strong{All the other variables and macros associated with Bison are not
4744 renamed.} These others are not global; there is no conflict if the same
4745 name is used in different parsers. For example, @code{YYSTYPE} is not
4746 renamed, but defining this in different ways in different parsers causes
4747 no trouble (@pxref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}).
4748
4749 The @samp{-p} option works by adding macro definitions to the beginning
4750 of the parser source file, defining @code{yyparse} as
4751 @code{@var{prefix}parse}, and so on. This effectively substitutes one
4752 name for the other in the entire parser file.
4753
4754 @node Interface
4755 @chapter Parser C-Language Interface
4756 @cindex C-language interface
4757 @cindex interface
4758
4759 The Bison parser is actually a C function named @code{yyparse}. Here we
4760 describe the interface conventions of @code{yyparse} and the other
4761 functions that it needs to use.
4762
4763 Keep in mind that the parser uses many C identifiers starting with
4764 @samp{yy} and @samp{YY} for internal purposes. If you use such an
4765 identifier (aside from those in this manual) in an action or in epilogue
4766 in the grammar file, you are likely to run into trouble.
4767
4768 @menu
4769 * Parser Function:: How to call @code{yyparse} and what it returns.
4770 * Lexical:: You must supply a function @code{yylex}
4771 which reads tokens.
4772 * Error Reporting:: You must supply a function @code{yyerror}.
4773 * Action Features:: Special features for use in actions.
4774 * Internationalization:: How to let the parser speak in the user's
4775 native language.
4776 @end menu
4777
4778 @node Parser Function
4779 @section The Parser Function @code{yyparse}
4780 @findex yyparse
4781
4782 You call the function @code{yyparse} to cause parsing to occur. This
4783 function reads tokens, executes actions, and ultimately returns when it
4784 encounters end-of-input or an unrecoverable syntax error. You can also
4785 write an action which directs @code{yyparse} to return immediately
4786 without reading further.
4787
4788
4789 @deftypefun int yyparse (void)
4790 The value returned by @code{yyparse} is 0 if parsing was successful (return
4791 is due to end-of-input).
4792
4793 The value is 1 if parsing failed because of invalid input, i.e., input
4794 that contains a syntax error or that causes @code{YYABORT} to be
4795 invoked.
4796
4797 The value is 2 if parsing failed due to memory exhaustion.
4798 @end deftypefun
4799
4800 In an action, you can cause immediate return from @code{yyparse} by using
4801 these macros:
4802
4803 @defmac YYACCEPT
4804 @findex YYACCEPT
4805 Return immediately with value 0 (to report success).
4806 @end defmac
4807
4808 @defmac YYABORT
4809 @findex YYABORT
4810 Return immediately with value 1 (to report failure).
4811 @end defmac
4812
4813 If you use a reentrant parser, you can optionally pass additional
4814 parameter information to it in a reentrant way. To do so, use the
4815 declaration @code{%parse-param}:
4816
4817 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
4818 @findex %parse-param
4819 Declare that an argument declared by the braced-code
4820 @var{argument-declaration} is an additional @code{yyparse} argument.
4821 The @var{argument-declaration} is used when declaring
4822 functions or prototypes. The last identifier in
4823 @var{argument-declaration} must be the argument name.
4824 @end deffn
4825
4826 Here's an example. Write this in the parser:
4827
4828 @example
4829 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
4830 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
4831 @end example
4832
4833 @noindent
4834 Then call the parser like this:
4835
4836 @example
4837 @{
4838 int nastiness, randomness;
4839 @dots{} /* @r{Store proper data in @code{nastiness} and @code{randomness}.} */
4840 value = yyparse (&nastiness, &randomness);
4841 @dots{}
4842 @}
4843 @end example
4844
4845 @noindent
4846 In the grammar actions, use expressions like this to refer to the data:
4847
4848 @example
4849 exp: @dots{} @{ @dots{}; *randomness += 1; @dots{} @}
4850 @end example
4851
4852
4853 @node Lexical
4854 @section The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}
4855 @findex yylex
4856 @cindex lexical analyzer
4857
4858 The @dfn{lexical analyzer} function, @code{yylex}, recognizes tokens from
4859 the input stream and returns them to the parser. Bison does not create
4860 this function automatically; you must write it so that @code{yyparse} can
4861 call it. The function is sometimes referred to as a lexical scanner.
4862
4863 In simple programs, @code{yylex} is often defined at the end of the Bison
4864 grammar file. If @code{yylex} is defined in a separate source file, you
4865 need to arrange for the token-type macro definitions to be available there.
4866 To do this, use the @samp{-d} option when you run Bison, so that it will
4867 write these macro definitions into a separate header file
4868 @file{@var{name}.tab.h} which you can include in the other source files
4869 that need it. @xref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}.
4870
4871 @menu
4872 * Calling Convention:: How @code{yyparse} calls @code{yylex}.
4873 * Token Values:: How @code{yylex} must return the semantic value
4874 of the token it has read.
4875 * Token Locations:: How @code{yylex} must return the text location
4876 (line number, etc.) of the token, if the
4877 actions want that.
4878 * Pure Calling:: How the calling convention differs
4879 in a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}).
4880 @end menu
4881
4882 @node Calling Convention
4883 @subsection Calling Convention for @code{yylex}
4884
4885 The value that @code{yylex} returns must be the positive numeric code
4886 for the type of token it has just found; a zero or negative value
4887 signifies end-of-input.
4888
4889 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a name, that name
4890 in the parser file becomes a C macro whose definition is the proper
4891 numeric code for that token type. So @code{yylex} can use the name
4892 to indicate that type. @xref{Symbols}.
4893
4894 When a token is referred to in the grammar rules by a character literal,
4895 the numeric code for that character is also the code for the token type.
4896 So @code{yylex} can simply return that character code, possibly converted
4897 to @code{unsigned char} to avoid sign-extension. The null character
4898 must not be used this way, because its code is zero and that
4899 signifies end-of-input.
4900
4901 Here is an example showing these things:
4902
4903 @example
4904 int
4905 yylex (void)
4906 @{
4907 @dots{}
4908 if (c == EOF) /* Detect end-of-input. */
4909 return 0;
4910 @dots{}
4911 if (c == '+' || c == '-')
4912 return c; /* Assume token type for `+' is '+'. */
4913 @dots{}
4914 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4915 @dots{}
4916 @}
4917 @end example
4918
4919 @noindent
4920 This interface has been designed so that the output from the @code{lex}
4921 utility can be used without change as the definition of @code{yylex}.
4922
4923 If the grammar uses literal string tokens, there are two ways that
4924 @code{yylex} can determine the token type codes for them:
4925
4926 @itemize @bullet
4927 @item
4928 If the grammar defines symbolic token names as aliases for the
4929 literal string tokens, @code{yylex} can use these symbolic names like
4930 all others. In this case, the use of the literal string tokens in
4931 the grammar file has no effect on @code{yylex}.
4932
4933 @item
4934 @code{yylex} can find the multicharacter token in the @code{yytname}
4935 table. The index of the token in the table is the token type's code.
4936 The name of a multicharacter token is recorded in @code{yytname} with a
4937 double-quote, the token's characters, and another double-quote. The
4938 token's characters are escaped as necessary to be suitable as input
4939 to Bison.
4940
4941 Here's code for looking up a multicharacter token in @code{yytname},
4942 assuming that the characters of the token are stored in
4943 @code{token_buffer}, and assuming that the token does not contain any
4944 characters like @samp{"} that require escaping.
4945
4946 @smallexample
4947 for (i = 0; i < YYNTOKENS; i++)
4948 @{
4949 if (yytname[i] != 0
4950 && yytname[i][0] == '"'
4951 && ! strncmp (yytname[i] + 1, token_buffer,
4952 strlen (token_buffer))
4953 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 1] == '"'
4954 && yytname[i][strlen (token_buffer) + 2] == 0)
4955 break;
4956 @}
4957 @end smallexample
4958
4959 The @code{yytname} table is generated only if you use the
4960 @code{%token-table} declaration. @xref{Decl Summary}.
4961 @end itemize
4962
4963 @node Token Values
4964 @subsection Semantic Values of Tokens
4965
4966 @vindex yylval
4967 In an ordinary (nonreentrant) parser, the semantic value of the token must
4968 be stored into the global variable @code{yylval}. When you are using
4969 just one data type for semantic values, @code{yylval} has that type.
4970 Thus, if the type is @code{int} (the default), you might write this in
4971 @code{yylex}:
4972
4973 @example
4974 @group
4975 @dots{}
4976 yylval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
4977 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
4978 @dots{}
4979 @end group
4980 @end example
4981
4982 When you are using multiple data types, @code{yylval}'s type is a union
4983 made from the @code{%union} declaration (@pxref{Union Decl, ,The
4984 Collection of Value Types}). So when you store a token's value, you
4985 must use the proper member of the union. If the @code{%union}
4986 declaration looks like this:
4987
4988 @example
4989 @group
4990 %union @{
4991 int intval;
4992 double val;
4993 symrec *tptr;
4994 @}
4995 @end group
4996 @end example
4997
4998 @noindent
4999 then the code in @code{yylex} might look like this:
5000
5001 @example
5002 @group
5003 @dots{}
5004 yylval.intval = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5005 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5006 @dots{}
5007 @end group
5008 @end example
5009
5010 @node Token Locations
5011 @subsection Textual Locations of Tokens
5012
5013 @vindex yylloc
5014 If you are using the @samp{@@@var{n}}-feature (@pxref{Locations, ,
5015 Tracking Locations}) in actions to keep track of the textual locations
5016 of tokens and groupings, then you must provide this information in
5017 @code{yylex}. The function @code{yyparse} expects to find the textual
5018 location of a token just parsed in the global variable @code{yylloc}.
5019 So @code{yylex} must store the proper data in that variable.
5020
5021 By default, the value of @code{yylloc} is a structure and you need only
5022 initialize the members that are going to be used by the actions. The
5023 four members are called @code{first_line}, @code{first_column},
5024 @code{last_line} and @code{last_column}. Note that the use of this
5025 feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5026
5027 @tindex YYLTYPE
5028 The data type of @code{yylloc} has the name @code{YYLTYPE}.
5029
5030 @node Pure Calling
5031 @subsection Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers
5032
5033 When you use the Bison declaration @code{%pure-parser} to request a
5034 pure, reentrant parser, the global communication variables @code{yylval}
5035 and @code{yylloc} cannot be used. (@xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant)
5036 Parser}.) In such parsers the two global variables are replaced by
5037 pointers passed as arguments to @code{yylex}. You must declare them as
5038 shown here, and pass the information back by storing it through those
5039 pointers.
5040
5041 @example
5042 int
5043 yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp)
5044 @{
5045 @dots{}
5046 *lvalp = value; /* Put value onto Bison stack. */
5047 return INT; /* Return the type of the token. */
5048 @dots{}
5049 @}
5050 @end example
5051
5052 If the grammar file does not use the @samp{@@} constructs to refer to
5053 textual locations, then the type @code{YYLTYPE} will not be defined. In
5054 this case, omit the second argument; @code{yylex} will be called with
5055 only one argument.
5056
5057
5058 If you wish to pass the additional parameter data to @code{yylex}, use
5059 @code{%lex-param} just like @code{%parse-param} (@pxref{Parser
5060 Function}).
5061
5062 @deffn {Directive} lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
5063 @findex %lex-param
5064 Declare that the braced-code @var{argument-declaration} is an
5065 additional @code{yylex} argument declaration.
5066 @end deffn
5067
5068 For instance:
5069
5070 @example
5071 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5072 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5073 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5074 @end example
5075
5076 @noindent
5077 results in the following signature:
5078
5079 @example
5080 int yylex (int *nastiness);
5081 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5082 @end example
5083
5084 If @code{%pure-parser} is added:
5085
5086 @example
5087 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, int *nastiness);
5088 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5089 @end example
5090
5091 @noindent
5092 and finally, if both @code{%pure-parser} and @code{%locations} are used:
5093
5094 @example
5095 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5096 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5097 @end example
5098
5099 @node Error Reporting
5100 @section The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}
5101 @cindex error reporting function
5102 @findex yyerror
5103 @cindex parse error
5104 @cindex syntax error
5105
5106 The Bison parser detects a @dfn{syntax error} or @dfn{parse error}
5107 whenever it reads a token which cannot satisfy any syntax rule. An
5108 action in the grammar can also explicitly proclaim an error, using the
5109 macro @code{YYERROR} (@pxref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use
5110 in Actions}).
5111
5112 The Bison parser expects to report the error by calling an error
5113 reporting function named @code{yyerror}, which you must supply. It is
5114 called by @code{yyparse} whenever a syntax error is found, and it
5115 receives one argument. For a syntax error, the string is normally
5116 @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5117
5118 @findex %error-verbose
5119 If you invoke the directive @code{%error-verbose} in the Bison
5120 declarations section (@pxref{Bison Declarations, ,The Bison Declarations
5121 Section}), then Bison provides a more verbose and specific error message
5122 string instead of just plain @w{@code{"syntax error"}}.
5123
5124 The parser can detect one other kind of error: memory exhaustion. This
5125 can happen when the input contains constructions that are very deeply
5126 nested. It isn't likely you will encounter this, since the Bison
5127 parser normally extends its stack automatically up to a very large limit. But
5128 if memory is exhausted, @code{yyparse} calls @code{yyerror} in the usual
5129 fashion, except that the argument string is @w{@code{"memory exhausted"}}.
5130
5131 In some cases diagnostics like @w{@code{"syntax error"}} are
5132 translated automatically from English to some other language before
5133 they are passed to @code{yyerror}. @xref{Internationalization}.
5134
5135 The following definition suffices in simple programs:
5136
5137 @example
5138 @group
5139 void
5140 yyerror (char const *s)
5141 @{
5142 @end group
5143 @group
5144 fprintf (stderr, "%s\n", s);
5145 @}
5146 @end group
5147 @end example
5148
5149 After @code{yyerror} returns to @code{yyparse}, the latter will attempt
5150 error recovery if you have written suitable error recovery grammar rules
5151 (@pxref{Error Recovery}). If recovery is impossible, @code{yyparse} will
5152 immediately return 1.
5153
5154 Obviously, in location tracking pure parsers, @code{yyerror} should have
5155 an access to the current location.
5156 This is indeed the case for the @acronym{GLR}
5157 parsers, but not for the Yacc parser, for historical reasons. I.e., if
5158 @samp{%locations %pure-parser} is passed then the prototypes for
5159 @code{yyerror} are:
5160
5161 @example
5162 void yyerror (char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5163 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5164 @end example
5165
5166 If @samp{%parse-param @{int *nastiness@}} is used, then:
5167
5168 @example
5169 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* Yacc parsers. */
5170 void yyerror (int *nastiness, char const *msg); /* GLR parsers. */
5171 @end example
5172
5173 Finally, @acronym{GLR} and Yacc parsers share the same @code{yyerror} calling
5174 convention for absolutely pure parsers, i.e., when the calling
5175 convention of @code{yylex} @emph{and} the calling convention of
5176 @code{%pure-parser} are pure. I.e.:
5177
5178 @example
5179 /* Location tracking. */
5180 %locations
5181 /* Pure yylex. */
5182 %pure-parser
5183 %lex-param @{int *nastiness@}
5184 /* Pure yyparse. */
5185 %parse-param @{int *nastiness@}
5186 %parse-param @{int *randomness@}
5187 @end example
5188
5189 @noindent
5190 results in the following signatures for all the parser kinds:
5191
5192 @example
5193 int yylex (YYSTYPE *lvalp, YYLTYPE *llocp, int *nastiness);
5194 int yyparse (int *nastiness, int *randomness);
5195 void yyerror (YYLTYPE *locp,
5196 int *nastiness, int *randomness,
5197 char const *msg);
5198 @end example
5199
5200 @noindent
5201 The prototypes are only indications of how the code produced by Bison
5202 uses @code{yyerror}. Bison-generated code always ignores the returned
5203 value, so @code{yyerror} can return any type, including @code{void}.
5204 Also, @code{yyerror} can be a variadic function; that is why the
5205 message is always passed last.
5206
5207 Traditionally @code{yyerror} returns an @code{int} that is always
5208 ignored, but this is purely for historical reasons, and @code{void} is
5209 preferable since it more accurately describes the return type for
5210 @code{yyerror}.
5211
5212 @vindex yynerrs
5213 The variable @code{yynerrs} contains the number of syntax errors
5214 reported so far. Normally this variable is global; but if you
5215 request a pure parser (@pxref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser})
5216 then it is a local variable which only the actions can access.
5217
5218 @node Action Features
5219 @section Special Features for Use in Actions
5220 @cindex summary, action features
5221 @cindex action features summary
5222
5223 Here is a table of Bison constructs, variables and macros that
5224 are useful in actions.
5225
5226 @deffn {Variable} $$
5227 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5228 grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5229 @end deffn
5230
5231 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
5232 Acts like a variable that contains the semantic value for the
5233 @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Actions}.
5234 @end deffn
5235
5236 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>$
5237 Like @code{$$} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the union
5238 specified by the @code{%union} declaration. @xref{Action Types, ,Data
5239 Types of Values in Actions}.
5240 @end deffn
5241
5242 @deffn {Variable} $<@var{typealt}>@var{n}
5243 Like @code{$@var{n}} but specifies alternative @var{typealt} in the
5244 union specified by the @code{%union} declaration.
5245 @xref{Action Types, ,Data Types of Values in Actions}.
5246 @end deffn
5247
5248 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT;
5249 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating failure.
5250 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5251 @end deffn
5252
5253 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT;
5254 Return immediately from @code{yyparse}, indicating success.
5255 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
5256 @end deffn
5257
5258 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP (@var{token}, @var{value});
5259 @findex YYBACKUP
5260 Unshift a token. This macro is allowed only for rules that reduce
5261 a single value, and only when there is no lookahead token.
5262 It is also disallowed in @acronym{GLR} parsers.
5263 It installs a lookahead token with token type @var{token} and
5264 semantic value @var{value}; then it discards the value that was
5265 going to be reduced by this rule.
5266
5267 If the macro is used when it is not valid, such as when there is
5268 a lookahead token already, then it reports a syntax error with
5269 a message @samp{cannot back up} and performs ordinary error
5270 recovery.
5271
5272 In either case, the rest of the action is not executed.
5273 @end deffn
5274
5275 @deffn {Macro} YYEMPTY
5276 @vindex YYEMPTY
5277 Value stored in @code{yychar} when there is no lookahead token.
5278 @end deffn
5279
5280 @deffn {Macro} YYEOF
5281 @vindex YYEOF
5282 Value stored in @code{yychar} when the lookahead is the end of the input
5283 stream.
5284 @end deffn
5285
5286 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR;
5287 @findex YYERROR
5288 Cause an immediate syntax error. This statement initiates error
5289 recovery just as if the parser itself had detected an error; however, it
5290 does not call @code{yyerror}, and does not print any message. If you
5291 want to print an error message, call @code{yyerror} explicitly before
5292 the @samp{YYERROR;} statement. @xref{Error Recovery}.
5293 @end deffn
5294
5295 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
5296 @findex YYRECOVERING
5297 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
5298 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
5299 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5300 @end deffn
5301
5302 @deffn {Variable} yychar
5303 Variable containing either the lookahead token, or @code{YYEOF} when the
5304 lookahead is the end of the input stream, or @code{YYEMPTY} when no lookahead
5305 has been performed so the next token is not yet known.
5306 Do not modify @code{yychar} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5307 Actions}).
5308 @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead Tokens}.
5309 @end deffn
5310
5311 @deffn {Macro} yyclearin;
5312 Discard the current lookahead token. This is useful primarily in
5313 error rules.
5314 Do not invoke @code{yyclearin} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR
5315 Semantic Actions}).
5316 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5317 @end deffn
5318
5319 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok;
5320 Resume generating error messages immediately for subsequent syntax
5321 errors. This is useful primarily in error rules.
5322 @xref{Error Recovery}.
5323 @end deffn
5324
5325 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
5326 Variable containing the lookahead token location when @code{yychar} is not set
5327 to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5328 Do not modify @code{yylloc} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5329 Actions}).
5330 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
5331 @end deffn
5332
5333 @deffn {Variable} yylval
5334 Variable containing the lookahead token semantic value when @code{yychar} is
5335 not set to @code{YYEMPTY} or @code{YYEOF}.
5336 Do not modify @code{yylval} in a deferred semantic action (@pxref{GLR Semantic
5337 Actions}).
5338 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
5339 @end deffn
5340
5341 @deffn {Value} @@$
5342 @findex @@$
5343 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5344 of the grouping made by the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5345 Tracking Locations}.
5346
5347 @c Check if those paragraphs are still useful or not.
5348
5349 @c @example
5350 @c struct @{
5351 @c int first_line, last_line;
5352 @c int first_column, last_column;
5353 @c @};
5354 @c @end example
5355
5356 @c Thus, to get the starting line number of the third component, you would
5357 @c use @samp{@@3.first_line}.
5358
5359 @c In order for the members of this structure to contain valid information,
5360 @c you must make @code{yylex} supply this information about each token.
5361 @c If you need only certain members, then @code{yylex} need only fill in
5362 @c those members.
5363
5364 @c The use of this feature makes the parser noticeably slower.
5365 @end deffn
5366
5367 @deffn {Value} @@@var{n}
5368 @findex @@@var{n}
5369 Acts like a structure variable containing information on the textual location
5370 of the @var{n}th component of the current rule. @xref{Locations, ,
5371 Tracking Locations}.
5372 @end deffn
5373
5374 @node Internationalization
5375 @section Parser Internationalization
5376 @cindex internationalization
5377 @cindex i18n
5378 @cindex NLS
5379 @cindex gettext
5380 @cindex bison-po
5381
5382 A Bison-generated parser can print diagnostics, including error and
5383 tracing messages. By default, they appear in English. However, Bison
5384 also supports outputting diagnostics in the user's native language. To
5385 make this work, the user should set the usual environment variables.
5386 @xref{Users, , The User's View, gettext, GNU @code{gettext} utilities}.
5387 For example, the shell command @samp{export LC_ALL=fr_CA.UTF-8} might
5388 set the user's locale to French Canadian using the @acronym{UTF}-8
5389 encoding. The exact set of available locales depends on the user's
5390 installation.
5391
5392 The maintainer of a package that uses a Bison-generated parser enables
5393 the internationalization of the parser's output through the following
5394 steps. Here we assume a package that uses @acronym{GNU} Autoconf and
5395 @acronym{GNU} Automake.
5396
5397 @enumerate
5398 @item
5399 @cindex bison-i18n.m4
5400 Into the directory containing the @acronym{GNU} Autoconf macros used
5401 by the package---often called @file{m4}---copy the
5402 @file{bison-i18n.m4} file installed by Bison under
5403 @samp{share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4} in Bison's installation directory.
5404 For example:
5405
5406 @example
5407 cp /usr/local/share/aclocal/bison-i18n.m4 m4/bison-i18n.m4
5408 @end example
5409
5410 @item
5411 @findex BISON_I18N
5412 @vindex BISON_LOCALEDIR
5413 @vindex YYENABLE_NLS
5414 In the top-level @file{configure.ac}, after the @code{AM_GNU_GETTEXT}
5415 invocation, add an invocation of @code{BISON_I18N}. This macro is
5416 defined in the file @file{bison-i18n.m4} that you copied earlier. It
5417 causes @samp{configure} to find the value of the
5418 @code{BISON_LOCALEDIR} variable, and it defines the source-language
5419 symbol @code{YYENABLE_NLS} to enable translations in the
5420 Bison-generated parser.
5421
5422 @item
5423 In the @code{main} function of your program, designate the directory
5424 containing Bison's runtime message catalog, through a call to
5425 @samp{bindtextdomain} with domain name @samp{bison-runtime}.
5426 For example:
5427
5428 @example
5429 bindtextdomain ("bison-runtime", BISON_LOCALEDIR);
5430 @end example
5431
5432 Typically this appears after any other call @code{bindtextdomain
5433 (PACKAGE, LOCALEDIR)} that your package already has. Here we rely on
5434 @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} to be defined as a string through the
5435 @file{Makefile}.
5436
5437 @item
5438 In the @file{Makefile.am} that controls the compilation of the @code{main}
5439 function, make @samp{BISON_LOCALEDIR} available as a C preprocessor macro,
5440 either in @samp{DEFS} or in @samp{AM_CPPFLAGS}. For example:
5441
5442 @example
5443 DEFS = @@DEFS@@ -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5444 @end example
5445
5446 or:
5447
5448 @example
5449 AM_CPPFLAGS = -DBISON_LOCALEDIR='"$(BISON_LOCALEDIR)"'
5450 @end example
5451
5452 @item
5453 Finally, invoke the command @command{autoreconf} to generate the build
5454 infrastructure.
5455 @end enumerate
5456
5457
5458 @node Algorithm
5459 @chapter The Bison Parser Algorithm
5460 @cindex Bison parser algorithm
5461 @cindex algorithm of parser
5462 @cindex shifting
5463 @cindex reduction
5464 @cindex parser stack
5465 @cindex stack, parser
5466
5467 As Bison reads tokens, it pushes them onto a stack along with their
5468 semantic values. The stack is called the @dfn{parser stack}. Pushing a
5469 token is traditionally called @dfn{shifting}.
5470
5471 For example, suppose the infix calculator has read @samp{1 + 5 *}, with a
5472 @samp{3} to come. The stack will have four elements, one for each token
5473 that was shifted.
5474
5475 But the stack does not always have an element for each token read. When
5476 the last @var{n} tokens and groupings shifted match the components of a
5477 grammar rule, they can be combined according to that rule. This is called
5478 @dfn{reduction}. Those tokens and groupings are replaced on the stack by a
5479 single grouping whose symbol is the result (left hand side) of that rule.
5480 Running the rule's action is part of the process of reduction, because this
5481 is what computes the semantic value of the resulting grouping.
5482
5483 For example, if the infix calculator's parser stack contains this:
5484
5485 @example
5486 1 + 5 * 3
5487 @end example
5488
5489 @noindent
5490 and the next input token is a newline character, then the last three
5491 elements can be reduced to 15 via the rule:
5492
5493 @example
5494 expr: expr '*' expr;
5495 @end example
5496
5497 @noindent
5498 Then the stack contains just these three elements:
5499
5500 @example
5501 1 + 15
5502 @end example
5503
5504 @noindent
5505 At this point, another reduction can be made, resulting in the single value
5506 16. Then the newline token can be shifted.
5507
5508 The parser tries, by shifts and reductions, to reduce the entire input down
5509 to a single grouping whose symbol is the grammar's start-symbol
5510 (@pxref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}).
5511
5512 This kind of parser is known in the literature as a bottom-up parser.
5513
5514 @menu
5515 * Lookahead:: Parser looks one token ahead when deciding what to do.
5516 * Shift/Reduce:: Conflicts: when either shifting or reduction is valid.
5517 * Precedence:: Operator precedence works by resolving conflicts.
5518 * Contextual Precedence:: When an operator's precedence depends on context.
5519 * Parser States:: The parser is a finite-state-machine with stack.
5520 * Reduce/Reduce:: When two rules are applicable in the same situation.
5521 * Mystery Conflicts:: Reduce/reduce conflicts that look unjustified.
5522 * Generalized LR Parsing:: Parsing arbitrary context-free grammars.
5523 * Memory Management:: What happens when memory is exhausted. How to avoid it.
5524 @end menu
5525
5526 @node Lookahead
5527 @section Lookahead Tokens
5528 @cindex lookahead token
5529
5530 The Bison parser does @emph{not} always reduce immediately as soon as the
5531 last @var{n} tokens and groupings match a rule. This is because such a
5532 simple strategy is inadequate to handle most languages. Instead, when a
5533 reduction is possible, the parser sometimes ``looks ahead'' at the next
5534 token in order to decide what to do.
5535
5536 When a token is read, it is not immediately shifted; first it becomes the
5537 @dfn{lookahead token}, which is not on the stack. Now the parser can
5538 perform one or more reductions of tokens and groupings on the stack, while
5539 the lookahead token remains off to the side. When no more reductions
5540 should take place, the lookahead token is shifted onto the stack. This
5541 does not mean that all possible reductions have been done; depending on the
5542 token type of the lookahead token, some rules may choose to delay their
5543 application.
5544
5545 Here is a simple case where lookahead is needed. These three rules define
5546 expressions which contain binary addition operators and postfix unary
5547 factorial operators (@samp{!}), and allow parentheses for grouping.
5548
5549 @example
5550 @group
5551 expr: term '+' expr
5552 | term
5553 ;
5554 @end group
5555
5556 @group
5557 term: '(' expr ')'
5558 | term '!'
5559 | NUMBER
5560 ;
5561 @end group
5562 @end example
5563
5564 Suppose that the tokens @w{@samp{1 + 2}} have been read and shifted; what
5565 should be done? If the following token is @samp{)}, then the first three
5566 tokens must be reduced to form an @code{expr}. This is the only valid
5567 course, because shifting the @samp{)} would produce a sequence of symbols
5568 @w{@code{term ')'}}, and no rule allows this.
5569
5570 If the following token is @samp{!}, then it must be shifted immediately so
5571 that @w{@samp{2 !}} can be reduced to make a @code{term}. If instead the
5572 parser were to reduce before shifting, @w{@samp{1 + 2}} would become an
5573 @code{expr}. It would then be impossible to shift the @samp{!} because
5574 doing so would produce on the stack the sequence of symbols @code{expr
5575 '!'}. No rule allows that sequence.
5576
5577 @vindex yychar
5578 @vindex yylval
5579 @vindex yylloc
5580 The lookahead token is stored in the variable @code{yychar}.
5581 Its semantic value and location, if any, are stored in the variables
5582 @code{yylval} and @code{yylloc}.
5583 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
5584
5585 @node Shift/Reduce
5586 @section Shift/Reduce Conflicts
5587 @cindex conflicts
5588 @cindex shift/reduce conflicts
5589 @cindex dangling @code{else}
5590 @cindex @code{else}, dangling
5591
5592 Suppose we are parsing a language which has if-then and if-then-else
5593 statements, with a pair of rules like this:
5594
5595 @example
5596 @group
5597 if_stmt:
5598 IF expr THEN stmt
5599 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5600 ;
5601 @end group
5602 @end example
5603
5604 @noindent
5605 Here we assume that @code{IF}, @code{THEN} and @code{ELSE} are
5606 terminal symbols for specific keyword tokens.
5607
5608 When the @code{ELSE} token is read and becomes the lookahead token, the
5609 contents of the stack (assuming the input is valid) are just right for
5610 reduction by the first rule. But it is also legitimate to shift the
5611 @code{ELSE}, because that would lead to eventual reduction by the second
5612 rule.
5613
5614 This situation, where either a shift or a reduction would be valid, is
5615 called a @dfn{shift/reduce conflict}. Bison is designed to resolve
5616 these conflicts by choosing to shift, unless otherwise directed by
5617 operator precedence declarations. To see the reason for this, let's
5618 contrast it with the other alternative.
5619
5620 Since the parser prefers to shift the @code{ELSE}, the result is to attach
5621 the else-clause to the innermost if-statement, making these two inputs
5622 equivalent:
5623
5624 @example
5625 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5626
5627 if x then do; if y then win (); else lose; end;
5628 @end example
5629
5630 But if the parser chose to reduce when possible rather than shift, the
5631 result would be to attach the else-clause to the outermost if-statement,
5632 making these two inputs equivalent:
5633
5634 @example
5635 if x then if y then win (); else lose;
5636
5637 if x then do; if y then win (); end; else lose;
5638 @end example
5639
5640 The conflict exists because the grammar as written is ambiguous: either
5641 parsing of the simple nested if-statement is legitimate. The established
5642 convention is that these ambiguities are resolved by attaching the
5643 else-clause to the innermost if-statement; this is what Bison accomplishes
5644 by choosing to shift rather than reduce. (It would ideally be cleaner to
5645 write an unambiguous grammar, but that is very hard to do in this case.)
5646 This particular ambiguity was first encountered in the specifications of
5647 Algol 60 and is called the ``dangling @code{else}'' ambiguity.
5648
5649 To avoid warnings from Bison about predictable, legitimate shift/reduce
5650 conflicts, use the @code{%expect @var{n}} declaration. There will be no
5651 warning as long as the number of shift/reduce conflicts is exactly @var{n}.
5652 @xref{Expect Decl, ,Suppressing Conflict Warnings}.
5653
5654 The definition of @code{if_stmt} above is solely to blame for the
5655 conflict, but the conflict does not actually appear without additional
5656 rules. Here is a complete Bison input file that actually manifests the
5657 conflict:
5658
5659 @example
5660 @group
5661 %token IF THEN ELSE variable
5662 %%
5663 @end group
5664 @group
5665 stmt: expr
5666 | if_stmt
5667 ;
5668 @end group
5669
5670 @group
5671 if_stmt:
5672 IF expr THEN stmt
5673 | IF expr THEN stmt ELSE stmt
5674 ;
5675 @end group
5676
5677 expr: variable
5678 ;
5679 @end example
5680
5681 @node Precedence
5682 @section Operator Precedence
5683 @cindex operator precedence
5684 @cindex precedence of operators
5685
5686 Another situation where shift/reduce conflicts appear is in arithmetic
5687 expressions. Here shifting is not always the preferred resolution; the
5688 Bison declarations for operator precedence allow you to specify when to
5689 shift and when to reduce.
5690
5691 @menu
5692 * Why Precedence:: An example showing why precedence is needed.
5693 * Using Precedence:: How to specify precedence in Bison grammars.
5694 * Precedence Examples:: How these features are used in the previous example.
5695 * How Precedence:: How they work.
5696 @end menu
5697
5698 @node Why Precedence
5699 @subsection When Precedence is Needed
5700
5701 Consider the following ambiguous grammar fragment (ambiguous because the
5702 input @w{@samp{1 - 2 * 3}} can be parsed in two different ways):
5703
5704 @example
5705 @group
5706 expr: expr '-' expr
5707 | expr '*' expr
5708 | expr '<' expr
5709 | '(' expr ')'
5710 @dots{}
5711 ;
5712 @end group
5713 @end example
5714
5715 @noindent
5716 Suppose the parser has seen the tokens @samp{1}, @samp{-} and @samp{2};
5717 should it reduce them via the rule for the subtraction operator? It
5718 depends on the next token. Of course, if the next token is @samp{)}, we
5719 must reduce; shifting is invalid because no single rule can reduce the
5720 token sequence @w{@samp{- 2 )}} or anything starting with that. But if
5721 the next token is @samp{*} or @samp{<}, we have a choice: either
5722 shifting or reduction would allow the parse to complete, but with
5723 different results.
5724
5725 To decide which one Bison should do, we must consider the results. If
5726 the next operator token @var{op} is shifted, then it must be reduced
5727 first in order to permit another opportunity to reduce the difference.
5728 The result is (in effect) @w{@samp{1 - (2 @var{op} 3)}}. On the other
5729 hand, if the subtraction is reduced before shifting @var{op}, the result
5730 is @w{@samp{(1 - 2) @var{op} 3}}. Clearly, then, the choice of shift or
5731 reduce should depend on the relative precedence of the operators
5732 @samp{-} and @var{op}: @samp{*} should be shifted first, but not
5733 @samp{<}.
5734
5735 @cindex associativity
5736 What about input such as @w{@samp{1 - 2 - 5}}; should this be
5737 @w{@samp{(1 - 2) - 5}} or should it be @w{@samp{1 - (2 - 5)}}? For most
5738 operators we prefer the former, which is called @dfn{left association}.
5739 The latter alternative, @dfn{right association}, is desirable for
5740 assignment operators. The choice of left or right association is a
5741 matter of whether the parser chooses to shift or reduce when the stack
5742 contains @w{@samp{1 - 2}} and the lookahead token is @samp{-}: shifting
5743 makes right-associativity.
5744
5745 @node Using Precedence
5746 @subsection Specifying Operator Precedence
5747 @findex %left
5748 @findex %right
5749 @findex %nonassoc
5750
5751 Bison allows you to specify these choices with the operator precedence
5752 declarations @code{%left} and @code{%right}. Each such declaration
5753 contains a list of tokens, which are operators whose precedence and
5754 associativity is being declared. The @code{%left} declaration makes all
5755 those operators left-associative and the @code{%right} declaration makes
5756 them right-associative. A third alternative is @code{%nonassoc}, which
5757 declares that it is a syntax error to find the same operator twice ``in a
5758 row''.
5759
5760 The relative precedence of different operators is controlled by the
5761 order in which they are declared. The first @code{%left} or
5762 @code{%right} declaration in the file declares the operators whose
5763 precedence is lowest, the next such declaration declares the operators
5764 whose precedence is a little higher, and so on.
5765
5766 @node Precedence Examples
5767 @subsection Precedence Examples
5768
5769 In our example, we would want the following declarations:
5770
5771 @example
5772 %left '<'
5773 %left '-'
5774 %left '*'
5775 @end example
5776
5777 In a more complete example, which supports other operators as well, we
5778 would declare them in groups of equal precedence. For example, @code{'+'} is
5779 declared with @code{'-'}:
5780
5781 @example
5782 %left '<' '>' '=' NE LE GE
5783 %left '+' '-'
5784 %left '*' '/'
5785 @end example
5786
5787 @noindent
5788 (Here @code{NE} and so on stand for the operators for ``not equal''
5789 and so on. We assume that these tokens are more than one character long
5790 and therefore are represented by names, not character literals.)
5791
5792 @node How Precedence
5793 @subsection How Precedence Works
5794
5795 The first effect of the precedence declarations is to assign precedence
5796 levels to the terminal symbols declared. The second effect is to assign
5797 precedence levels to certain rules: each rule gets its precedence from
5798 the last terminal symbol mentioned in the components. (You can also
5799 specify explicitly the precedence of a rule. @xref{Contextual
5800 Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.)
5801
5802 Finally, the resolution of conflicts works by comparing the precedence
5803 of the rule being considered with that of the lookahead token. If the
5804 token's precedence is higher, the choice is to shift. If the rule's
5805 precedence is higher, the choice is to reduce. If they have equal
5806 precedence, the choice is made based on the associativity of that
5807 precedence level. The verbose output file made by @samp{-v}
5808 (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking Bison}) says how each conflict was
5809 resolved.
5810
5811 Not all rules and not all tokens have precedence. If either the rule or
5812 the lookahead token has no precedence, then the default is to shift.
5813
5814 @node Contextual Precedence
5815 @section Context-Dependent Precedence
5816 @cindex context-dependent precedence
5817 @cindex unary operator precedence
5818 @cindex precedence, context-dependent
5819 @cindex precedence, unary operator
5820 @findex %prec
5821
5822 Often the precedence of an operator depends on the context. This sounds
5823 outlandish at first, but it is really very common. For example, a minus
5824 sign typically has a very high precedence as a unary operator, and a
5825 somewhat lower precedence (lower than multiplication) as a binary operator.
5826
5827 The Bison precedence declarations, @code{%left}, @code{%right} and
5828 @code{%nonassoc}, can only be used once for a given token; so a token has
5829 only one precedence declared in this way. For context-dependent
5830 precedence, you need to use an additional mechanism: the @code{%prec}
5831 modifier for rules.
5832
5833 The @code{%prec} modifier declares the precedence of a particular rule by
5834 specifying a terminal symbol whose precedence should be used for that rule.
5835 It's not necessary for that symbol to appear otherwise in the rule. The
5836 modifier's syntax is:
5837
5838 @example
5839 %prec @var{terminal-symbol}
5840 @end example
5841
5842 @noindent
5843 and it is written after the components of the rule. Its effect is to
5844 assign the rule the precedence of @var{terminal-symbol}, overriding
5845 the precedence that would be deduced for it in the ordinary way. The
5846 altered rule precedence then affects how conflicts involving that rule
5847 are resolved (@pxref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}).
5848
5849 Here is how @code{%prec} solves the problem of unary minus. First, declare
5850 a precedence for a fictitious terminal symbol named @code{UMINUS}. There
5851 are no tokens of this type, but the symbol serves to stand for its
5852 precedence:
5853
5854 @example
5855 @dots{}
5856 %left '+' '-'
5857 %left '*'
5858 %left UMINUS
5859 @end example
5860
5861 Now the precedence of @code{UMINUS} can be used in specific rules:
5862
5863 @example
5864 @group
5865 exp: @dots{}
5866 | exp '-' exp
5867 @dots{}
5868 | '-' exp %prec UMINUS
5869 @end group
5870 @end example
5871
5872 @ifset defaultprec
5873 If you forget to append @code{%prec UMINUS} to the rule for unary
5874 minus, Bison silently assumes that minus has its usual precedence.
5875 This kind of problem can be tricky to debug, since one typically
5876 discovers the mistake only by testing the code.
5877
5878 The @code{%no-default-prec;} declaration makes it easier to discover
5879 this kind of problem systematically. It causes rules that lack a
5880 @code{%prec} modifier to have no precedence, even if the last terminal
5881 symbol mentioned in their components has a declared precedence.
5882
5883 If @code{%no-default-prec;} is in effect, you must specify @code{%prec}
5884 for all rules that participate in precedence conflict resolution.
5885 Then you will see any shift/reduce conflict until you tell Bison how
5886 to resolve it, either by changing your grammar or by adding an
5887 explicit precedence. This will probably add declarations to the
5888 grammar, but it helps to protect against incorrect rule precedences.
5889
5890 The effect of @code{%no-default-prec;} can be reversed by giving
5891 @code{%default-prec;}, which is the default.
5892 @end ifset
5893
5894 @node Parser States
5895 @section Parser States
5896 @cindex finite-state machine
5897 @cindex parser state
5898 @cindex state (of parser)
5899
5900 The function @code{yyparse} is implemented using a finite-state machine.
5901 The values pushed on the parser stack are not simply token type codes; they
5902 represent the entire sequence of terminal and nonterminal symbols at or
5903 near the top of the stack. The current state collects all the information
5904 about previous input which is relevant to deciding what to do next.
5905
5906 Each time a lookahead token is read, the current parser state together
5907 with the type of lookahead token are looked up in a table. This table
5908 entry can say, ``Shift the lookahead token.'' In this case, it also
5909 specifies the new parser state, which is pushed onto the top of the
5910 parser stack. Or it can say, ``Reduce using rule number @var{n}.''
5911 This means that a certain number of tokens or groupings are taken off
5912 the top of the stack, and replaced by one grouping. In other words,
5913 that number of states are popped from the stack, and one new state is
5914 pushed.
5915
5916 There is one other alternative: the table can say that the lookahead token
5917 is erroneous in the current state. This causes error processing to begin
5918 (@pxref{Error Recovery}).
5919
5920 @node Reduce/Reduce
5921 @section Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
5922 @cindex reduce/reduce conflict
5923 @cindex conflicts, reduce/reduce
5924
5925 A reduce/reduce conflict occurs if there are two or more rules that apply
5926 to the same sequence of input. This usually indicates a serious error
5927 in the grammar.
5928
5929 For example, here is an erroneous attempt to define a sequence
5930 of zero or more @code{word} groupings.
5931
5932 @example
5933 sequence: /* empty */
5934 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5935 | maybeword
5936 | sequence word
5937 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5938 ;
5939
5940 maybeword: /* empty */
5941 @{ printf ("empty maybeword\n"); @}
5942 | word
5943 @{ printf ("single word %s\n", $1); @}
5944 ;
5945 @end example
5946
5947 @noindent
5948 The error is an ambiguity: there is more than one way to parse a single
5949 @code{word} into a @code{sequence}. It could be reduced to a
5950 @code{maybeword} and then into a @code{sequence} via the second rule.
5951 Alternatively, nothing-at-all could be reduced into a @code{sequence}
5952 via the first rule, and this could be combined with the @code{word}
5953 using the third rule for @code{sequence}.
5954
5955 There is also more than one way to reduce nothing-at-all into a
5956 @code{sequence}. This can be done directly via the first rule,
5957 or indirectly via @code{maybeword} and then the second rule.
5958
5959 You might think that this is a distinction without a difference, because it
5960 does not change whether any particular input is valid or not. But it does
5961 affect which actions are run. One parsing order runs the second rule's
5962 action; the other runs the first rule's action and the third rule's action.
5963 In this example, the output of the program changes.
5964
5965 Bison resolves a reduce/reduce conflict by choosing to use the rule that
5966 appears first in the grammar, but it is very risky to rely on this. Every
5967 reduce/reduce conflict must be studied and usually eliminated. Here is the
5968 proper way to define @code{sequence}:
5969
5970 @example
5971 sequence: /* empty */
5972 @{ printf ("empty sequence\n"); @}
5973 | sequence word
5974 @{ printf ("added word %s\n", $2); @}
5975 ;
5976 @end example
5977
5978 Here is another common error that yields a reduce/reduce conflict:
5979
5980 @example
5981 sequence: /* empty */
5982 | sequence words
5983 | sequence redirects
5984 ;
5985
5986 words: /* empty */
5987 | words word
5988 ;
5989
5990 redirects:/* empty */
5991 | redirects redirect
5992 ;
5993 @end example
5994
5995 @noindent
5996 The intention here is to define a sequence which can contain either
5997 @code{word} or @code{redirect} groupings. The individual definitions of
5998 @code{sequence}, @code{words} and @code{redirects} are error-free, but the
5999 three together make a subtle ambiguity: even an empty input can be parsed
6000 in infinitely many ways!
6001
6002 Consider: nothing-at-all could be a @code{words}. Or it could be two
6003 @code{words} in a row, or three, or any number. It could equally well be a
6004 @code{redirects}, or two, or any number. Or it could be a @code{words}
6005 followed by three @code{redirects} and another @code{words}. And so on.
6006
6007 Here are two ways to correct these rules. First, to make it a single level
6008 of sequence:
6009
6010 @example
6011 sequence: /* empty */
6012 | sequence word
6013 | sequence redirect
6014 ;
6015 @end example
6016
6017 Second, to prevent either a @code{words} or a @code{redirects}
6018 from being empty:
6019
6020 @example
6021 sequence: /* empty */
6022 | sequence words
6023 | sequence redirects
6024 ;
6025
6026 words: word
6027 | words word
6028 ;
6029
6030 redirects:redirect
6031 | redirects redirect
6032 ;
6033 @end example
6034
6035 @node Mystery Conflicts
6036 @section Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts
6037
6038 Sometimes reduce/reduce conflicts can occur that don't look warranted.
6039 Here is an example:
6040
6041 @example
6042 @group
6043 %token ID
6044
6045 %%
6046 def: param_spec return_spec ','
6047 ;
6048 param_spec:
6049 type
6050 | name_list ':' type
6051 ;
6052 @end group
6053 @group
6054 return_spec:
6055 type
6056 | name ':' type
6057 ;
6058 @end group
6059 @group
6060 type: ID
6061 ;
6062 @end group
6063 @group
6064 name: ID
6065 ;
6066 name_list:
6067 name
6068 | name ',' name_list
6069 ;
6070 @end group
6071 @end example
6072
6073 It would seem that this grammar can be parsed with only a single token
6074 of lookahead: when a @code{param_spec} is being read, an @code{ID} is
6075 a @code{name} if a comma or colon follows, or a @code{type} if another
6076 @code{ID} follows. In other words, this grammar is @acronym{LR}(1).
6077
6078 @cindex @acronym{LR}(1)
6079 @cindex @acronym{LALR}(1)
6080 However, Bison, like most parser generators, cannot actually handle all
6081 @acronym{LR}(1) grammars. In this grammar, two contexts, that after
6082 an @code{ID}
6083 at the beginning of a @code{param_spec} and likewise at the beginning of
6084 a @code{return_spec}, are similar enough that Bison assumes they are the
6085 same. They appear similar because the same set of rules would be
6086 active---the rule for reducing to a @code{name} and that for reducing to
6087 a @code{type}. Bison is unable to determine at that stage of processing
6088 that the rules would require different lookahead tokens in the two
6089 contexts, so it makes a single parser state for them both. Combining
6090 the two contexts causes a conflict later. In parser terminology, this
6091 occurrence means that the grammar is not @acronym{LALR}(1).
6092
6093 In general, it is better to fix deficiencies than to document them. But
6094 this particular deficiency is intrinsically hard to fix; parser
6095 generators that can handle @acronym{LR}(1) grammars are hard to write
6096 and tend to
6097 produce parsers that are very large. In practice, Bison is more useful
6098 as it is now.
6099
6100 When the problem arises, you can often fix it by identifying the two
6101 parser states that are being confused, and adding something to make them
6102 look distinct. In the above example, adding one rule to
6103 @code{return_spec} as follows makes the problem go away:
6104
6105 @example
6106 @group
6107 %token BOGUS
6108 @dots{}
6109 %%
6110 @dots{}
6111 return_spec:
6112 type
6113 | name ':' type
6114 /* This rule is never used. */
6115 | ID BOGUS
6116 ;
6117 @end group
6118 @end example
6119
6120 This corrects the problem because it introduces the possibility of an
6121 additional active rule in the context after the @code{ID} at the beginning of
6122 @code{return_spec}. This rule is not active in the corresponding context
6123 in a @code{param_spec}, so the two contexts receive distinct parser states.
6124 As long as the token @code{BOGUS} is never generated by @code{yylex},
6125 the added rule cannot alter the way actual input is parsed.
6126
6127 In this particular example, there is another way to solve the problem:
6128 rewrite the rule for @code{return_spec} to use @code{ID} directly
6129 instead of via @code{name}. This also causes the two confusing
6130 contexts to have different sets of active rules, because the one for
6131 @code{return_spec} activates the altered rule for @code{return_spec}
6132 rather than the one for @code{name}.
6133
6134 @example
6135 param_spec:
6136 type
6137 | name_list ':' type
6138 ;
6139 return_spec:
6140 type
6141 | ID ':' type
6142 ;
6143 @end example
6144
6145 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers and parser
6146 generators, please see:
6147 Frank DeRemer and Thomas Pennello, Efficient Computation of
6148 @acronym{LALR}(1) Look-Ahead Sets, @cite{@acronym{ACM} Transactions on
6149 Programming Languages and Systems}, Vol.@: 4, No.@: 4 (October 1982),
6150 pp.@: 615--649 @uref{http://doi.acm.org/10.1145/69622.357187}.
6151
6152 @node Generalized LR Parsing
6153 @section Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) Parsing
6154 @cindex @acronym{GLR} parsing
6155 @cindex generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR}) parsing
6156 @cindex ambiguous grammars
6157 @cindex nondeterministic parsing
6158
6159 Bison produces @emph{deterministic} parsers that choose uniquely
6160 when to reduce and which reduction to apply
6161 based on a summary of the preceding input and on one extra token of lookahead.
6162 As a result, normal Bison handles a proper subset of the family of
6163 context-free languages.
6164 Ambiguous grammars, since they have strings with more than one possible
6165 sequence of reductions cannot have deterministic parsers in this sense.
6166 The same is true of languages that require more than one symbol of
6167 lookahead, since the parser lacks the information necessary to make a
6168 decision at the point it must be made in a shift-reduce parser.
6169 Finally, as previously mentioned (@pxref{Mystery Conflicts}),
6170 there are languages where Bison's particular choice of how to
6171 summarize the input seen so far loses necessary information.
6172
6173 When you use the @samp{%glr-parser} declaration in your grammar file,
6174 Bison generates a parser that uses a different algorithm, called
6175 Generalized @acronym{LR} (or @acronym{GLR}). A Bison @acronym{GLR}
6176 parser uses the same basic
6177 algorithm for parsing as an ordinary Bison parser, but behaves
6178 differently in cases where there is a shift-reduce conflict that has not
6179 been resolved by precedence rules (@pxref{Precedence}) or a
6180 reduce-reduce conflict. When a @acronym{GLR} parser encounters such a
6181 situation, it
6182 effectively @emph{splits} into a several parsers, one for each possible
6183 shift or reduction. These parsers then proceed as usual, consuming
6184 tokens in lock-step. Some of the stacks may encounter other conflicts
6185 and split further, with the result that instead of a sequence of states,
6186 a Bison @acronym{GLR} parsing stack is what is in effect a tree of states.
6187
6188 In effect, each stack represents a guess as to what the proper parse
6189 is. Additional input may indicate that a guess was wrong, in which case
6190 the appropriate stack silently disappears. Otherwise, the semantics
6191 actions generated in each stack are saved, rather than being executed
6192 immediately. When a stack disappears, its saved semantic actions never
6193 get executed. When a reduction causes two stacks to become equivalent,
6194 their sets of semantic actions are both saved with the state that
6195 results from the reduction. We say that two stacks are equivalent
6196 when they both represent the same sequence of states,
6197 and each pair of corresponding states represents a
6198 grammar symbol that produces the same segment of the input token
6199 stream.
6200
6201 Whenever the parser makes a transition from having multiple
6202 states to having one, it reverts to the normal @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing
6203 algorithm, after resolving and executing the saved-up actions.
6204 At this transition, some of the states on the stack will have semantic
6205 values that are sets (actually multisets) of possible actions. The
6206 parser tries to pick one of the actions by first finding one whose rule
6207 has the highest dynamic precedence, as set by the @samp{%dprec}
6208 declaration. Otherwise, if the alternative actions are not ordered by
6209 precedence, but there the same merging function is declared for both
6210 rules by the @samp{%merge} declaration,
6211 Bison resolves and evaluates both and then calls the merge function on
6212 the result. Otherwise, it reports an ambiguity.
6213
6214 It is possible to use a data structure for the @acronym{GLR} parsing tree that
6215 permits the processing of any @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar in linear time (in the
6216 size of the input), any unambiguous (not necessarily
6217 @acronym{LALR}(1)) grammar in
6218 quadratic worst-case time, and any general (possibly ambiguous)
6219 context-free grammar in cubic worst-case time. However, Bison currently
6220 uses a simpler data structure that requires time proportional to the
6221 length of the input times the maximum number of stacks required for any
6222 prefix of the input. Thus, really ambiguous or nondeterministic
6223 grammars can require exponential time and space to process. Such badly
6224 behaving examples, however, are not generally of practical interest.
6225 Usually, nondeterminism in a grammar is local---the parser is ``in
6226 doubt'' only for a few tokens at a time. Therefore, the current data
6227 structure should generally be adequate. On @acronym{LALR}(1) portions of a
6228 grammar, in particular, it is only slightly slower than with the default
6229 Bison parser.
6230
6231 For a more detailed exposition of @acronym{GLR} parsers, please see: Elizabeth
6232 Scott, Adrian Johnstone and Shamsa Sadaf Hussain, Tomita-Style
6233 Generalised @acronym{LR} Parsers, Royal Holloway, University of
6234 London, Department of Computer Science, TR-00-12,
6235 @uref{http://www.cs.rhul.ac.uk/research/languages/publications/tomita_style_1.ps},
6236 (2000-12-24).
6237
6238 @node Memory Management
6239 @section Memory Management, and How to Avoid Memory Exhaustion
6240 @cindex memory exhaustion
6241 @cindex memory management
6242 @cindex stack overflow
6243 @cindex parser stack overflow
6244 @cindex overflow of parser stack
6245
6246 The Bison parser stack can run out of memory if too many tokens are shifted and
6247 not reduced. When this happens, the parser function @code{yyparse}
6248 calls @code{yyerror} and then returns 2.
6249
6250 Because Bison parsers have growing stacks, hitting the upper limit
6251 usually results from using a right recursion instead of a left
6252 recursion, @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive Rules}.
6253
6254 @vindex YYMAXDEPTH
6255 By defining the macro @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, you can control how deep the
6256 parser stack can become before memory is exhausted. Define the
6257 macro with a value that is an integer. This value is the maximum number
6258 of tokens that can be shifted (and not reduced) before overflow.
6259
6260 The stack space allowed is not necessarily allocated. If you specify a
6261 large value for @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, the parser normally allocates a small
6262 stack at first, and then makes it bigger by stages as needed. This
6263 increasing allocation happens automatically and silently. Therefore,
6264 you do not need to make @code{YYMAXDEPTH} painfully small merely to save
6265 space for ordinary inputs that do not need much stack.
6266
6267 However, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be a value so large that
6268 arithmetic overflow could occur when calculating the size of the stack
6269 space. Also, do not allow @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to be less than
6270 @code{YYINITDEPTH}.
6271
6272 @cindex default stack limit
6273 The default value of @code{YYMAXDEPTH}, if you do not define it, is
6274 10000.
6275
6276 @vindex YYINITDEPTH
6277 You can control how much stack is allocated initially by defining the
6278 macro @code{YYINITDEPTH} to a positive integer. For the C
6279 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser, this value must be a compile-time constant
6280 unless you are assuming C99 or some other target language or compiler
6281 that allows variable-length arrays. The default is 200.
6282
6283 Do not allow @code{YYINITDEPTH} to be greater than @code{YYMAXDEPTH}.
6284
6285 @c FIXME: C++ output.
6286 Because of semantical differences between C and C++, the
6287 @acronym{LALR}(1) parsers in C produced by Bison cannot grow when compiled
6288 by C++ compilers. In this precise case (compiling a C parser as C++) you are
6289 suggested to grow @code{YYINITDEPTH}. The Bison maintainers hope to fix
6290 this deficiency in a future release.
6291
6292 @node Error Recovery
6293 @chapter Error Recovery
6294 @cindex error recovery
6295 @cindex recovery from errors
6296
6297 It is not usually acceptable to have a program terminate on a syntax
6298 error. For example, a compiler should recover sufficiently to parse the
6299 rest of the input file and check it for errors; a calculator should accept
6300 another expression.
6301
6302 In a simple interactive command parser where each input is one line, it may
6303 be sufficient to allow @code{yyparse} to return 1 on error and have the
6304 caller ignore the rest of the input line when that happens (and then call
6305 @code{yyparse} again). But this is inadequate for a compiler, because it
6306 forgets all the syntactic context leading up to the error. A syntax error
6307 deep within a function in the compiler input should not cause the compiler
6308 to treat the following line like the beginning of a source file.
6309
6310 @findex error
6311 You can define how to recover from a syntax error by writing rules to
6312 recognize the special token @code{error}. This is a terminal symbol that
6313 is always defined (you need not declare it) and reserved for error
6314 handling. The Bison parser generates an @code{error} token whenever a
6315 syntax error happens; if you have provided a rule to recognize this token
6316 in the current context, the parse can continue.
6317
6318 For example:
6319
6320 @example
6321 stmnts: /* empty string */
6322 | stmnts '\n'
6323 | stmnts exp '\n'
6324 | stmnts error '\n'
6325 @end example
6326
6327 The fourth rule in this example says that an error followed by a newline
6328 makes a valid addition to any @code{stmnts}.
6329
6330 What happens if a syntax error occurs in the middle of an @code{exp}? The
6331 error recovery rule, interpreted strictly, applies to the precise sequence
6332 of a @code{stmnts}, an @code{error} and a newline. If an error occurs in
6333 the middle of an @code{exp}, there will probably be some additional tokens
6334 and subexpressions on the stack after the last @code{stmnts}, and there
6335 will be tokens to read before the next newline. So the rule is not
6336 applicable in the ordinary way.
6337
6338 But Bison can force the situation to fit the rule, by discarding part of
6339 the semantic context and part of the input. First it discards states
6340 and objects from the stack until it gets back to a state in which the
6341 @code{error} token is acceptable. (This means that the subexpressions
6342 already parsed are discarded, back to the last complete @code{stmnts}.)
6343 At this point the @code{error} token can be shifted. Then, if the old
6344 lookahead token is not acceptable to be shifted next, the parser reads
6345 tokens and discards them until it finds a token which is acceptable. In
6346 this example, Bison reads and discards input until the next newline so
6347 that the fourth rule can apply. Note that discarded symbols are
6348 possible sources of memory leaks, see @ref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing
6349 Discarded Symbols}, for a means to reclaim this memory.
6350
6351 The choice of error rules in the grammar is a choice of strategies for
6352 error recovery. A simple and useful strategy is simply to skip the rest of
6353 the current input line or current statement if an error is detected:
6354
6355 @example
6356 stmnt: error ';' /* On error, skip until ';' is read. */
6357 @end example
6358
6359 It is also useful to recover to the matching close-delimiter of an
6360 opening-delimiter that has already been parsed. Otherwise the
6361 close-delimiter will probably appear to be unmatched, and generate another,
6362 spurious error message:
6363
6364 @example
6365 primary: '(' expr ')'
6366 | '(' error ')'
6367 @dots{}
6368 ;
6369 @end example
6370
6371 Error recovery strategies are necessarily guesses. When they guess wrong,
6372 one syntax error often leads to another. In the above example, the error
6373 recovery rule guesses that an error is due to bad input within one
6374 @code{stmnt}. Suppose that instead a spurious semicolon is inserted in the
6375 middle of a valid @code{stmnt}. After the error recovery rule recovers
6376 from the first error, another syntax error will be found straightaway,
6377 since the text following the spurious semicolon is also an invalid
6378 @code{stmnt}.
6379
6380 To prevent an outpouring of error messages, the parser will output no error
6381 message for another syntax error that happens shortly after the first; only
6382 after three consecutive input tokens have been successfully shifted will
6383 error messages resume.
6384
6385 Note that rules which accept the @code{error} token may have actions, just
6386 as any other rules can.
6387
6388 @findex yyerrok
6389 You can make error messages resume immediately by using the macro
6390 @code{yyerrok} in an action. If you do this in the error rule's action, no
6391 error messages will be suppressed. This macro requires no arguments;
6392 @samp{yyerrok;} is a valid C statement.
6393
6394 @findex yyclearin
6395 The previous lookahead token is reanalyzed immediately after an error. If
6396 this is unacceptable, then the macro @code{yyclearin} may be used to clear
6397 this token. Write the statement @samp{yyclearin;} in the error rule's
6398 action.
6399 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
6400
6401 For example, suppose that on a syntax error, an error handling routine is
6402 called that advances the input stream to some point where parsing should
6403 once again commence. The next symbol returned by the lexical scanner is
6404 probably correct. The previous lookahead token ought to be discarded
6405 with @samp{yyclearin;}.
6406
6407 @vindex YYRECOVERING
6408 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
6409 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
6410 Syntax error diagnostics are suppressed while recovering from a syntax
6411 error.
6412
6413 @node Context Dependency
6414 @chapter Handling Context Dependencies
6415
6416 The Bison paradigm is to parse tokens first, then group them into larger
6417 syntactic units. In many languages, the meaning of a token is affected by
6418 its context. Although this violates the Bison paradigm, certain techniques
6419 (known as @dfn{kludges}) may enable you to write Bison parsers for such
6420 languages.
6421
6422 @menu
6423 * Semantic Tokens:: Token parsing can depend on the semantic context.
6424 * Lexical Tie-ins:: Token parsing can depend on the syntactic context.
6425 * Tie-in Recovery:: Lexical tie-ins have implications for how
6426 error recovery rules must be written.
6427 @end menu
6428
6429 (Actually, ``kludge'' means any technique that gets its job done but is
6430 neither clean nor robust.)
6431
6432 @node Semantic Tokens
6433 @section Semantic Info in Token Types
6434
6435 The C language has a context dependency: the way an identifier is used
6436 depends on what its current meaning is. For example, consider this:
6437
6438 @example
6439 foo (x);
6440 @end example
6441
6442 This looks like a function call statement, but if @code{foo} is a typedef
6443 name, then this is actually a declaration of @code{x}. How can a Bison
6444 parser for C decide how to parse this input?
6445
6446 The method used in @acronym{GNU} C is to have two different token types,
6447 @code{IDENTIFIER} and @code{TYPENAME}. When @code{yylex} finds an
6448 identifier, it looks up the current declaration of the identifier in order
6449 to decide which token type to return: @code{TYPENAME} if the identifier is
6450 declared as a typedef, @code{IDENTIFIER} otherwise.
6451
6452 The grammar rules can then express the context dependency by the choice of
6453 token type to recognize. @code{IDENTIFIER} is accepted as an expression,
6454 but @code{TYPENAME} is not. @code{TYPENAME} can start a declaration, but
6455 @code{IDENTIFIER} cannot. In contexts where the meaning of the identifier
6456 is @emph{not} significant, such as in declarations that can shadow a
6457 typedef name, either @code{TYPENAME} or @code{IDENTIFIER} is
6458 accepted---there is one rule for each of the two token types.
6459
6460 This technique is simple to use if the decision of which kinds of
6461 identifiers to allow is made at a place close to where the identifier is
6462 parsed. But in C this is not always so: C allows a declaration to
6463 redeclare a typedef name provided an explicit type has been specified
6464 earlier:
6465
6466 @example
6467 typedef int foo, bar;
6468 int baz (void)
6469 @{
6470 static bar (bar); /* @r{redeclare @code{bar} as static variable} */
6471 extern foo foo (foo); /* @r{redeclare @code{foo} as function} */
6472 return foo (bar);
6473 @}
6474 @end example
6475
6476 Unfortunately, the name being declared is separated from the declaration
6477 construct itself by a complicated syntactic structure---the ``declarator''.
6478
6479 As a result, part of the Bison parser for C needs to be duplicated, with
6480 all the nonterminal names changed: once for parsing a declaration in
6481 which a typedef name can be redefined, and once for parsing a
6482 declaration in which that can't be done. Here is a part of the
6483 duplication, with actions omitted for brevity:
6484
6485 @example
6486 initdcl:
6487 declarator maybeasm '='
6488 init
6489 | declarator maybeasm
6490 ;
6491
6492 notype_initdcl:
6493 notype_declarator maybeasm '='
6494 init
6495 | notype_declarator maybeasm
6496 ;
6497 @end example
6498
6499 @noindent
6500 Here @code{initdcl} can redeclare a typedef name, but @code{notype_initdcl}
6501 cannot. The distinction between @code{declarator} and
6502 @code{notype_declarator} is the same sort of thing.
6503
6504 There is some similarity between this technique and a lexical tie-in
6505 (described next), in that information which alters the lexical analysis is
6506 changed during parsing by other parts of the program. The difference is
6507 here the information is global, and is used for other purposes in the
6508 program. A true lexical tie-in has a special-purpose flag controlled by
6509 the syntactic context.
6510
6511 @node Lexical Tie-ins
6512 @section Lexical Tie-ins
6513 @cindex lexical tie-in
6514
6515 One way to handle context-dependency is the @dfn{lexical tie-in}: a flag
6516 which is set by Bison actions, whose purpose is to alter the way tokens are
6517 parsed.
6518
6519 For example, suppose we have a language vaguely like C, but with a special
6520 construct @samp{hex (@var{hex-expr})}. After the keyword @code{hex} comes
6521 an expression in parentheses in which all integers are hexadecimal. In
6522 particular, the token @samp{a1b} must be treated as an integer rather than
6523 as an identifier if it appears in that context. Here is how you can do it:
6524
6525 @example
6526 @group
6527 %@{
6528 int hexflag;
6529 int yylex (void);
6530 void yyerror (char const *);
6531 %@}
6532 %%
6533 @dots{}
6534 @end group
6535 @group
6536 expr: IDENTIFIER
6537 | constant
6538 | HEX '('
6539 @{ hexflag = 1; @}
6540 expr ')'
6541 @{ hexflag = 0;
6542 $$ = $4; @}
6543 | expr '+' expr
6544 @{ $$ = make_sum ($1, $3); @}
6545 @dots{}
6546 ;
6547 @end group
6548
6549 @group
6550 constant:
6551 INTEGER
6552 | STRING
6553 ;
6554 @end group
6555 @end example
6556
6557 @noindent
6558 Here we assume that @code{yylex} looks at the value of @code{hexflag}; when
6559 it is nonzero, all integers are parsed in hexadecimal, and tokens starting
6560 with letters are parsed as integers if possible.
6561
6562 The declaration of @code{hexflag} shown in the prologue of the parser file
6563 is needed to make it accessible to the actions (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue}).
6564 You must also write the code in @code{yylex} to obey the flag.
6565
6566 @node Tie-in Recovery
6567 @section Lexical Tie-ins and Error Recovery
6568
6569 Lexical tie-ins make strict demands on any error recovery rules you have.
6570 @xref{Error Recovery}.
6571
6572 The reason for this is that the purpose of an error recovery rule is to
6573 abort the parsing of one construct and resume in some larger construct.
6574 For example, in C-like languages, a typical error recovery rule is to skip
6575 tokens until the next semicolon, and then start a new statement, like this:
6576
6577 @example
6578 stmt: expr ';'
6579 | IF '(' expr ')' stmt @{ @dots{} @}
6580 @dots{}
6581 error ';'
6582 @{ hexflag = 0; @}
6583 ;
6584 @end example
6585
6586 If there is a syntax error in the middle of a @samp{hex (@var{expr})}
6587 construct, this error rule will apply, and then the action for the
6588 completed @samp{hex (@var{expr})} will never run. So @code{hexflag} would
6589 remain set for the entire rest of the input, or until the next @code{hex}
6590 keyword, causing identifiers to be misinterpreted as integers.
6591
6592 To avoid this problem the error recovery rule itself clears @code{hexflag}.
6593
6594 There may also be an error recovery rule that works within expressions.
6595 For example, there could be a rule which applies within parentheses
6596 and skips to the close-parenthesis:
6597
6598 @example
6599 @group
6600 expr: @dots{}
6601 | '(' expr ')'
6602 @{ $$ = $2; @}
6603 | '(' error ')'
6604 @dots{}
6605 @end group
6606 @end example
6607
6608 If this rule acts within the @code{hex} construct, it is not going to abort
6609 that construct (since it applies to an inner level of parentheses within
6610 the construct). Therefore, it should not clear the flag: the rest of
6611 the @code{hex} construct should be parsed with the flag still in effect.
6612
6613 What if there is an error recovery rule which might abort out of the
6614 @code{hex} construct or might not, depending on circumstances? There is no
6615 way you can write the action to determine whether a @code{hex} construct is
6616 being aborted or not. So if you are using a lexical tie-in, you had better
6617 make sure your error recovery rules are not of this kind. Each rule must
6618 be such that you can be sure that it always will, or always won't, have to
6619 clear the flag.
6620
6621 @c ================================================== Debugging Your Parser
6622
6623 @node Debugging
6624 @chapter Debugging Your Parser
6625
6626 Developing a parser can be a challenge, especially if you don't
6627 understand the algorithm (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser
6628 Algorithm}). Even so, sometimes a detailed description of the automaton
6629 can help (@pxref{Understanding, , Understanding Your Parser}), or
6630 tracing the execution of the parser can give some insight on why it
6631 behaves improperly (@pxref{Tracing, , Tracing Your Parser}).
6632
6633 @menu
6634 * Understanding:: Understanding the structure of your parser.
6635 * Tracing:: Tracing the execution of your parser.
6636 @end menu
6637
6638 @node Understanding
6639 @section Understanding Your Parser
6640
6641 As documented elsewhere (@pxref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm})
6642 Bison parsers are @dfn{shift/reduce automata}. In some cases (much more
6643 frequent than one would hope), looking at this automaton is required to
6644 tune or simply fix a parser. Bison provides two different
6645 representation of it, either textually or graphically (as a DOT file).
6646
6647 The textual file is generated when the options @option{--report} or
6648 @option{--verbose} are specified, see @xref{Invocation, , Invoking
6649 Bison}. Its name is made by removing @samp{.tab.c} or @samp{.c} from
6650 the parser output file name, and adding @samp{.output} instead.
6651 Therefore, if the input file is @file{foo.y}, then the parser file is
6652 called @file{foo.tab.c} by default. As a consequence, the verbose
6653 output file is called @file{foo.output}.
6654
6655 The following grammar file, @file{calc.y}, will be used in the sequel:
6656
6657 @example
6658 %token NUM STR
6659 %left '+' '-'
6660 %left '*'
6661 %%
6662 exp: exp '+' exp
6663 | exp '-' exp
6664 | exp '*' exp
6665 | exp '/' exp
6666 | NUM
6667 ;
6668 useless: STR;
6669 %%
6670 @end example
6671
6672 @command{bison} reports:
6673
6674 @example
6675 calc.y: warning: 1 useless nonterminal and 1 useless rule
6676 calc.y:11.1-7: warning: useless nonterminal: useless
6677 calc.y:11.10-12: warning: useless rule: useless: STR
6678 calc.y: conflicts: 7 shift/reduce
6679 @end example
6680
6681 When given @option{--report=state}, in addition to @file{calc.tab.c}, it
6682 creates a file @file{calc.output} with contents detailed below. The
6683 order of the output and the exact presentation might vary, but the
6684 interpretation is the same.
6685
6686 The first section includes details on conflicts that were solved thanks
6687 to precedence and/or associativity:
6688
6689 @example
6690 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '+' resolved as reduce.
6691 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '-' resolved as reduce.
6692 Conflict in state 8 between rule 2 and token '*' resolved as shift.
6693 @exdent @dots{}
6694 @end example
6695
6696 @noindent
6697 The next section lists states that still have conflicts.
6698
6699 @example
6700 State 8 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6701 State 9 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6702 State 10 conflicts: 1 shift/reduce
6703 State 11 conflicts: 4 shift/reduce
6704 @end example
6705
6706 @noindent
6707 @cindex token, useless
6708 @cindex useless token
6709 @cindex nonterminal, useless
6710 @cindex useless nonterminal
6711 @cindex rule, useless
6712 @cindex useless rule
6713 The next section reports useless tokens, nonterminal and rules. Useless
6714 nonterminals and rules are removed in order to produce a smaller parser,
6715 but useless tokens are preserved, since they might be used by the
6716 scanner (note the difference between ``useless'' and ``not used''
6717 below):
6718
6719 @example
6720 Useless nonterminals:
6721 useless
6722
6723 Terminals which are not used:
6724 STR
6725
6726 Useless rules:
6727 #6 useless: STR;
6728 @end example
6729
6730 @noindent
6731 The next section reproduces the exact grammar that Bison used:
6732
6733 @example
6734 Grammar
6735
6736 Number, Line, Rule
6737 0 5 $accept -> exp $end
6738 1 5 exp -> exp '+' exp
6739 2 6 exp -> exp '-' exp
6740 3 7 exp -> exp '*' exp
6741 4 8 exp -> exp '/' exp
6742 5 9 exp -> NUM
6743 @end example
6744
6745 @noindent
6746 and reports the uses of the symbols:
6747
6748 @example
6749 Terminals, with rules where they appear
6750
6751 $end (0) 0
6752 '*' (42) 3
6753 '+' (43) 1
6754 '-' (45) 2
6755 '/' (47) 4
6756 error (256)
6757 NUM (258) 5
6758
6759 Nonterminals, with rules where they appear
6760
6761 $accept (8)
6762 on left: 0
6763 exp (9)
6764 on left: 1 2 3 4 5, on right: 0 1 2 3 4
6765 @end example
6766
6767 @noindent
6768 @cindex item
6769 @cindex pointed rule
6770 @cindex rule, pointed
6771 Bison then proceeds onto the automaton itself, describing each state
6772 with it set of @dfn{items}, also known as @dfn{pointed rules}. Each
6773 item is a production rule together with a point (marked by @samp{.})
6774 that the input cursor.
6775
6776 @example
6777 state 0
6778
6779 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6780
6781 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6782
6783 exp go to state 2
6784 @end example
6785
6786 This reads as follows: ``state 0 corresponds to being at the very
6787 beginning of the parsing, in the initial rule, right before the start
6788 symbol (here, @code{exp}). When the parser returns to this state right
6789 after having reduced a rule that produced an @code{exp}, the control
6790 flow jumps to state 2. If there is no such transition on a nonterminal
6791 symbol, and the lookahead is a @code{NUM}, then this token is shifted on
6792 the parse stack, and the control flow jumps to state 1. Any other
6793 lookahead triggers a syntax error.''
6794
6795 @cindex core, item set
6796 @cindex item set core
6797 @cindex kernel, item set
6798 @cindex item set core
6799 Even though the only active rule in state 0 seems to be rule 0, the
6800 report lists @code{NUM} as a lookahead token because @code{NUM} can be
6801 at the beginning of any rule deriving an @code{exp}. By default Bison
6802 reports the so-called @dfn{core} or @dfn{kernel} of the item set, but if
6803 you want to see more detail you can invoke @command{bison} with
6804 @option{--report=itemset} to list all the items, include those that can
6805 be derived:
6806
6807 @example
6808 state 0
6809
6810 $accept -> . exp $ (rule 0)
6811 exp -> . exp '+' exp (rule 1)
6812 exp -> . exp '-' exp (rule 2)
6813 exp -> . exp '*' exp (rule 3)
6814 exp -> . exp '/' exp (rule 4)
6815 exp -> . NUM (rule 5)
6816
6817 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6818
6819 exp go to state 2
6820 @end example
6821
6822 @noindent
6823 In the state 1...
6824
6825 @example
6826 state 1
6827
6828 exp -> NUM . (rule 5)
6829
6830 $default reduce using rule 5 (exp)
6831 @end example
6832
6833 @noindent
6834 the rule 5, @samp{exp: NUM;}, is completed. Whatever the lookahead token
6835 (@samp{$default}), the parser will reduce it. If it was coming from
6836 state 0, then, after this reduction it will return to state 0, and will
6837 jump to state 2 (@samp{exp: go to state 2}).
6838
6839 @example
6840 state 2
6841
6842 $accept -> exp . $ (rule 0)
6843 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6844 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6845 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6846 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6847
6848 $ shift, and go to state 3
6849 '+' shift, and go to state 4
6850 '-' shift, and go to state 5
6851 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6852 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6853 @end example
6854
6855 @noindent
6856 In state 2, the automaton can only shift a symbol. For instance,
6857 because of the item @samp{exp -> exp . '+' exp}, if the lookahead if
6858 @samp{+}, it will be shifted on the parse stack, and the automaton
6859 control will jump to state 4, corresponding to the item @samp{exp -> exp
6860 '+' . exp}. Since there is no default action, any other token than
6861 those listed above will trigger a syntax error.
6862
6863 The state 3 is named the @dfn{final state}, or the @dfn{accepting
6864 state}:
6865
6866 @example
6867 state 3
6868
6869 $accept -> exp $ . (rule 0)
6870
6871 $default accept
6872 @end example
6873
6874 @noindent
6875 the initial rule is completed (the start symbol and the end
6876 of input were read), the parsing exits successfully.
6877
6878 The interpretation of states 4 to 7 is straightforward, and is left to
6879 the reader.
6880
6881 @example
6882 state 4
6883
6884 exp -> exp '+' . exp (rule 1)
6885
6886 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6887
6888 exp go to state 8
6889
6890 state 5
6891
6892 exp -> exp '-' . exp (rule 2)
6893
6894 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6895
6896 exp go to state 9
6897
6898 state 6
6899
6900 exp -> exp '*' . exp (rule 3)
6901
6902 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6903
6904 exp go to state 10
6905
6906 state 7
6907
6908 exp -> exp '/' . exp (rule 4)
6909
6910 NUM shift, and go to state 1
6911
6912 exp go to state 11
6913 @end example
6914
6915 As was announced in beginning of the report, @samp{State 8 conflicts:
6916 1 shift/reduce}:
6917
6918 @example
6919 state 8
6920
6921 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6922 exp -> exp '+' exp . (rule 1)
6923 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6924 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6925 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6926
6927 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6928 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6929
6930 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6931 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6932 @end example
6933
6934 Indeed, there are two actions associated to the lookahead @samp{/}:
6935 either shifting (and going to state 7), or reducing rule 1. The
6936 conflict means that either the grammar is ambiguous, or the parser lacks
6937 information to make the right decision. Indeed the grammar is
6938 ambiguous, as, since we did not specify the precedence of @samp{/}, the
6939 sentence @samp{NUM + NUM / NUM} can be parsed as @samp{NUM + (NUM /
6940 NUM)}, which corresponds to shifting @samp{/}, or as @samp{(NUM + NUM) /
6941 NUM}, which corresponds to reducing rule 1.
6942
6943 Because in @acronym{LALR}(1) parsing a single decision can be made, Bison
6944 arbitrarily chose to disable the reduction, see @ref{Shift/Reduce, ,
6945 Shift/Reduce Conflicts}. Discarded actions are reported in between
6946 square brackets.
6947
6948 Note that all the previous states had a single possible action: either
6949 shifting the next token and going to the corresponding state, or
6950 reducing a single rule. In the other cases, i.e., when shifting
6951 @emph{and} reducing is possible or when @emph{several} reductions are
6952 possible, the lookahead is required to select the action. State 8 is
6953 one such state: if the lookahead is @samp{*} or @samp{/} then the action
6954 is shifting, otherwise the action is reducing rule 1. In other words,
6955 the first two items, corresponding to rule 1, are not eligible when the
6956 lookahead token is @samp{*}, since we specified that @samp{*} has higher
6957 precedence than @samp{+}. More generally, some items are eligible only
6958 with some set of possible lookahead tokens. When run with
6959 @option{--report=lookahead}, Bison specifies these lookahead tokens:
6960
6961 @example
6962 state 8
6963
6964 exp -> exp . '+' exp [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6965 exp -> exp '+' exp . [$, '+', '-', '/'] (rule 1)
6966 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6967 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6968 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6969
6970 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6971 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6972
6973 '/' [reduce using rule 1 (exp)]
6974 $default reduce using rule 1 (exp)
6975 @end example
6976
6977 The remaining states are similar:
6978
6979 @example
6980 state 9
6981
6982 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6983 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6984 exp -> exp '-' exp . (rule 2)
6985 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6986 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
6987
6988 '*' shift, and go to state 6
6989 '/' shift, and go to state 7
6990
6991 '/' [reduce using rule 2 (exp)]
6992 $default reduce using rule 2 (exp)
6993
6994 state 10
6995
6996 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
6997 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
6998 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
6999 exp -> exp '*' exp . (rule 3)
7000 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7001
7002 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7003
7004 '/' [reduce using rule 3 (exp)]
7005 $default reduce using rule 3 (exp)
7006
7007 state 11
7008
7009 exp -> exp . '+' exp (rule 1)
7010 exp -> exp . '-' exp (rule 2)
7011 exp -> exp . '*' exp (rule 3)
7012 exp -> exp . '/' exp (rule 4)
7013 exp -> exp '/' exp . (rule 4)
7014
7015 '+' shift, and go to state 4
7016 '-' shift, and go to state 5
7017 '*' shift, and go to state 6
7018 '/' shift, and go to state 7
7019
7020 '+' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7021 '-' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7022 '*' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7023 '/' [reduce using rule 4 (exp)]
7024 $default reduce using rule 4 (exp)
7025 @end example
7026
7027 @noindent
7028 Observe that state 11 contains conflicts not only due to the lack of
7029 precedence of @samp{/} with respect to @samp{+}, @samp{-}, and
7030 @samp{*}, but also because the
7031 associativity of @samp{/} is not specified.
7032
7033
7034 @node Tracing
7035 @section Tracing Your Parser
7036 @findex yydebug
7037 @cindex debugging
7038 @cindex tracing the parser
7039
7040 If a Bison grammar compiles properly but doesn't do what you want when it
7041 runs, the @code{yydebug} parser-trace feature can help you figure out why.
7042
7043 There are several means to enable compilation of trace facilities:
7044
7045 @table @asis
7046 @item the macro @code{YYDEBUG}
7047 @findex YYDEBUG
7048 Define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value when you compile the
7049 parser. This is compliant with @acronym{POSIX} Yacc. You could use
7050 @samp{-DYYDEBUG=1} as a compiler option or you could put @samp{#define
7051 YYDEBUG 1} in the prologue of the grammar file (@pxref{Prologue, , The
7052 Prologue}).
7053
7054 @item the option @option{-t}, @option{--debug}
7055 Use the @samp{-t} option when you run Bison (@pxref{Invocation,
7056 ,Invoking Bison}). This is @acronym{POSIX} compliant too.
7057
7058 @item the directive @samp{%debug}
7059 @findex %debug
7060 Add the @code{%debug} directive (@pxref{Decl Summary, ,Bison
7061 Declaration Summary}). This is a Bison extension, which will prove
7062 useful when Bison will output parsers for languages that don't use a
7063 preprocessor. Unless @acronym{POSIX} and Yacc portability matter to
7064 you, this is
7065 the preferred solution.
7066 @end table
7067
7068 We suggest that you always enable the debug option so that debugging is
7069 always possible.
7070
7071 The trace facility outputs messages with macro calls of the form
7072 @code{YYFPRINTF (stderr, @var{format}, @var{args})} where
7073 @var{format} and @var{args} are the usual @code{printf} format and
7074 arguments. If you define @code{YYDEBUG} to a nonzero value but do not
7075 define @code{YYFPRINTF}, @code{<stdio.h>} is automatically included
7076 and @code{YYFPRINTF} is defined to @code{fprintf}.
7077
7078 Once you have compiled the program with trace facilities, the way to
7079 request a trace is to store a nonzero value in the variable @code{yydebug}.
7080 You can do this by making the C code do it (in @code{main}, perhaps), or
7081 you can alter the value with a C debugger.
7082
7083 Each step taken by the parser when @code{yydebug} is nonzero produces a
7084 line or two of trace information, written on @code{stderr}. The trace
7085 messages tell you these things:
7086
7087 @itemize @bullet
7088 @item
7089 Each time the parser calls @code{yylex}, what kind of token was read.
7090
7091 @item
7092 Each time a token is shifted, the depth and complete contents of the
7093 state stack (@pxref{Parser States}).
7094
7095 @item
7096 Each time a rule is reduced, which rule it is, and the complete contents
7097 of the state stack afterward.
7098 @end itemize
7099
7100 To make sense of this information, it helps to refer to the listing file
7101 produced by the Bison @samp{-v} option (@pxref{Invocation, ,Invoking
7102 Bison}). This file shows the meaning of each state in terms of
7103 positions in various rules, and also what each state will do with each
7104 possible input token. As you read the successive trace messages, you
7105 can see that the parser is functioning according to its specification in
7106 the listing file. Eventually you will arrive at the place where
7107 something undesirable happens, and you will see which parts of the
7108 grammar are to blame.
7109
7110 The parser file is a C program and you can use C debuggers on it, but it's
7111 not easy to interpret what it is doing. The parser function is a
7112 finite-state machine interpreter, and aside from the actions it executes
7113 the same code over and over. Only the values of variables show where in
7114 the grammar it is working.
7115
7116 @findex YYPRINT
7117 The debugging information normally gives the token type of each token
7118 read, but not its semantic value. You can optionally define a macro
7119 named @code{YYPRINT} to provide a way to print the value. If you define
7120 @code{YYPRINT}, it should take three arguments. The parser will pass a
7121 standard I/O stream, the numeric code for the token type, and the token
7122 value (from @code{yylval}).
7123
7124 Here is an example of @code{YYPRINT} suitable for the multi-function
7125 calculator (@pxref{Mfcalc Decl, ,Declarations for @code{mfcalc}}):
7126
7127 @smallexample
7128 %@{
7129 static void print_token_value (FILE *, int, YYSTYPE);
7130 #define YYPRINT(file, type, value) print_token_value (file, type, value)
7131 %@}
7132
7133 @dots{} %% @dots{} %% @dots{}
7134
7135 static void
7136 print_token_value (FILE *file, int type, YYSTYPE value)
7137 @{
7138 if (type == VAR)
7139 fprintf (file, "%s", value.tptr->name);
7140 else if (type == NUM)
7141 fprintf (file, "%d", value.val);
7142 @}
7143 @end smallexample
7144
7145 @c ================================================= Invoking Bison
7146
7147 @node Invocation
7148 @chapter Invoking Bison
7149 @cindex invoking Bison
7150 @cindex Bison invocation
7151 @cindex options for invoking Bison
7152
7153 The usual way to invoke Bison is as follows:
7154
7155 @example
7156 bison @var{infile}
7157 @end example
7158
7159 Here @var{infile} is the grammar file name, which usually ends in
7160 @samp{.y}. The parser file's name is made by replacing the @samp{.y}
7161 with @samp{.tab.c} and removing any leading directory. Thus, the
7162 @samp{bison foo.y} file name yields
7163 @file{foo.tab.c}, and the @samp{bison hack/foo.y} file name yields
7164 @file{foo.tab.c}. It's also possible, in case you are writing
7165 C++ code instead of C in your grammar file, to name it @file{foo.ypp}
7166 or @file{foo.y++}. Then, the output files will take an extension like
7167 the given one as input (respectively @file{foo.tab.cpp} and
7168 @file{foo.tab.c++}).
7169 This feature takes effect with all options that manipulate file names like
7170 @samp{-o} or @samp{-d}.
7171
7172 For example :
7173
7174 @example
7175 bison -d @var{infile.yxx}
7176 @end example
7177 @noindent
7178 will produce @file{infile.tab.cxx} and @file{infile.tab.hxx}, and
7179
7180 @example
7181 bison -d -o @var{output.c++} @var{infile.y}
7182 @end example
7183 @noindent
7184 will produce @file{output.c++} and @file{outfile.h++}.
7185
7186 For compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}, the standard Bison
7187 distribution also contains a shell script called @command{yacc} that
7188 invokes Bison with the @option{-y} option.
7189
7190 @menu
7191 * Bison Options:: All the options described in detail,
7192 in alphabetical order by short options.
7193 * Option Cross Key:: Alphabetical list of long options.
7194 * Yacc Library:: Yacc-compatible @code{yylex} and @code{main}.
7195 @end menu
7196
7197 @node Bison Options
7198 @section Bison Options
7199
7200 Bison supports both traditional single-letter options and mnemonic long
7201 option names. Long option names are indicated with @samp{--} instead of
7202 @samp{-}. Abbreviations for option names are allowed as long as they
7203 are unique. When a long option takes an argument, like
7204 @samp{--file-prefix}, connect the option name and the argument with
7205 @samp{=}.
7206
7207 Here is a list of options that can be used with Bison, alphabetized by
7208 short option. It is followed by a cross key alphabetized by long
7209 option.
7210
7211 @c Please, keep this ordered as in `bison --help'.
7212 @noindent
7213 Operations modes:
7214 @table @option
7215 @item -h
7216 @itemx --help
7217 Print a summary of the command-line options to Bison and exit.
7218
7219 @item -V
7220 @itemx --version
7221 Print the version number of Bison and exit.
7222
7223 @item --print-localedir
7224 Print the name of the directory containing locale-dependent data.
7225
7226 @item -y
7227 @itemx --yacc
7228 Act more like the traditional Yacc command. This can cause
7229 different diagnostics to be generated, and may change behavior in
7230 other minor ways. Most importantly, imitate Yacc's output
7231 file name conventions, so that the parser output file is called
7232 @file{y.tab.c}, and the other outputs are called @file{y.output} and
7233 @file{y.tab.h}.
7234 Also, if generating an @acronym{LALR}(1) parser in C, generate @code{#define}
7235 statements in addition to an @code{enum} to associate token numbers with token
7236 names.
7237 Thus, the following shell script can substitute for Yacc, and the Bison
7238 distribution contains such a script for compatibility with @acronym{POSIX}:
7239
7240 @example
7241 #! /bin/sh
7242 bison -y "$@@"
7243 @end example
7244
7245 The @option{-y}/@option{--yacc} option is intended for use with
7246 traditional Yacc grammars. If your grammar uses a Bison extension
7247 like @samp{%glr-parser}, Bison might not be Yacc-compatible even if
7248 this option is specified.
7249
7250 @end table
7251
7252 @noindent
7253 Tuning the parser:
7254
7255 @table @option
7256 @item -S @var{file}
7257 @itemx --skeleton=@var{file}
7258 Specify the skeleton to use. You probably don't need this option unless
7259 you are developing Bison.
7260
7261 @item -t
7262 @itemx --debug
7263 In the parser file, define the macro @code{YYDEBUG} to 1 if it is not
7264 already defined, so that the debugging facilities are compiled.
7265 @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
7266
7267 @item --locations
7268 Pretend that @code{%locations} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7269
7270 @item -p @var{prefix}
7271 @itemx --name-prefix=@var{prefix}
7272 Pretend that @code{%name-prefix "@var{prefix}"} was specified.
7273 @xref{Decl Summary}.
7274
7275 @item -l
7276 @itemx --no-lines
7277 Don't put any @code{#line} preprocessor commands in the parser file.
7278 Ordinarily Bison puts them in the parser file so that the C compiler
7279 and debuggers will associate errors with your source file, the
7280 grammar file. This option causes them to associate errors with the
7281 parser file, treating it as an independent source file in its own right.
7282
7283 @item -n
7284 @itemx --no-parser
7285 Pretend that @code{%no-parser} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7286
7287 @item -k
7288 @itemx --token-table
7289 Pretend that @code{%token-table} was specified. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7290 @end table
7291
7292 @noindent
7293 Adjust the output:
7294
7295 @table @option
7296 @item -d
7297 @itemx --defines
7298 Pretend that @code{%defines} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7299 file containing macro definitions for the token type names defined in
7300 the grammar, as well as a few other declarations. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7301
7302 @item --defines=@var{defines-file}
7303 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
7304
7305 @item -b @var{file-prefix}
7306 @itemx --file-prefix=@var{prefix}
7307 Pretend that @code{%file-prefix} was specified, i.e., specify prefix to use
7308 for all Bison output file names. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7309
7310 @item -r @var{things}
7311 @itemx --report=@var{things}
7312 Write an extra output file containing verbose description of the comma
7313 separated list of @var{things} among:
7314
7315 @table @code
7316 @item state
7317 Description of the grammar, conflicts (resolved and unresolved), and
7318 @acronym{LALR} automaton.
7319
7320 @item lookahead
7321 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7322 each rule's lookahead set.
7323
7324 @item itemset
7325 Implies @code{state} and augments the description of the automaton with
7326 the full set of items for each state, instead of its core only.
7327 @end table
7328
7329 @item -v
7330 @itemx --verbose
7331 Pretend that @code{%verbose} was specified, i.e., write an extra output
7332 file containing verbose descriptions of the grammar and
7333 parser. @xref{Decl Summary}.
7334
7335 @item -o @var{file}
7336 @itemx --output=@var{file}
7337 Specify the @var{file} for the parser file.
7338
7339 The other output files' names are constructed from @var{file} as
7340 described under the @samp{-v} and @samp{-d} options.
7341
7342 @item -g
7343 Output a graphical representation of the @acronym{LALR}(1) grammar
7344 automaton computed by Bison, in @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/, Graphviz}
7345 @uref{http://www.graphviz.org/doc/info/lang.html, @acronym{DOT}} format.
7346 If the grammar file is @file{foo.y}, the output file will
7347 be @file{foo.dot}.
7348
7349 @item --graph=@var{graph-file}
7350 The behavior of @var{--graph} is the same than @samp{-g}. The only
7351 difference is that it has an optional argument which is the name of
7352 the output graph file.
7353 @end table
7354
7355 @node Option Cross Key
7356 @section Option Cross Key
7357
7358 @c FIXME: How about putting the directives too?
7359 Here is a list of options, alphabetized by long option, to help you find
7360 the corresponding short option.
7361
7362 @multitable {@option{--defines=@var{defines-file}}} {@option{-b @var{file-prefix}XXX}}
7363 @headitem Long Option @tab Short Option
7364 @item @option{--debug} @tab @option{-t}
7365 @item @option{--defines=@var{defines-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7366 @item @option{--file-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-b @var{file-prefix}}
7367 @item @option{--graph=@var{graph-file}} @tab @option{-d}
7368 @item @option{--help} @tab @option{-h}
7369 @item @option{--name-prefix=@var{prefix}} @tab @option{-p @var{name-prefix}}
7370 @item @option{--no-lines} @tab @option{-l}
7371 @item @option{--no-parser} @tab @option{-n}
7372 @item @option{--output=@var{outfile}} @tab @option{-o @var{outfile}}
7373 @item @option{--print-localedir} @tab
7374 @item @option{--token-table} @tab @option{-k}
7375 @item @option{--verbose} @tab @option{-v}
7376 @item @option{--version} @tab @option{-V}
7377 @item @option{--yacc} @tab @option{-y}
7378 @end multitable
7379
7380 @node Yacc Library
7381 @section Yacc Library
7382
7383 The Yacc library contains default implementations of the
7384 @code{yyerror} and @code{main} functions. These default
7385 implementations are normally not useful, but @acronym{POSIX} requires
7386 them. To use the Yacc library, link your program with the
7387 @option{-ly} option. Note that Bison's implementation of the Yacc
7388 library is distributed under the terms of the @acronym{GNU} General
7389 Public License (@pxref{Copying}).
7390
7391 If you use the Yacc library's @code{yyerror} function, you should
7392 declare @code{yyerror} as follows:
7393
7394 @example
7395 int yyerror (char const *);
7396 @end example
7397
7398 Bison ignores the @code{int} value returned by this @code{yyerror}.
7399 If you use the Yacc library's @code{main} function, your
7400 @code{yyparse} function should have the following type signature:
7401
7402 @example
7403 int yyparse (void);
7404 @end example
7405
7406 @c ================================================= C++ Bison
7407
7408 @node C++ Language Interface
7409 @chapter C++ Language Interface
7410
7411 @menu
7412 * C++ Parsers:: The interface to generate C++ parser classes
7413 * A Complete C++ Example:: Demonstrating their use
7414 @end menu
7415
7416 @node C++ Parsers
7417 @section C++ Parsers
7418
7419 @menu
7420 * C++ Bison Interface:: Asking for C++ parser generation
7421 * C++ Semantic Values:: %union vs. C++
7422 * C++ Location Values:: The position and location classes
7423 * C++ Parser Interface:: Instantiating and running the parser
7424 * C++ Scanner Interface:: Exchanges between yylex and parse
7425 @end menu
7426
7427 @node C++ Bison Interface
7428 @subsection C++ Bison Interface
7429 @c - %skeleton "lalr1.cc"
7430 @c - Always pure
7431 @c - initial action
7432
7433 The C++ parser @acronym{LALR}(1) skeleton is named @file{lalr1.cc}. To
7434 select it, you may either pass the option @option{--skeleton=lalr1.cc}
7435 to Bison, or include the directive @samp{%skeleton "lalr1.cc"} in the
7436 grammar preamble. When run, @command{bison} will create several
7437 entities in the @samp{yy} namespace. Use the @samp{%name-prefix}
7438 directive to change the namespace name, see @ref{Decl Summary}. The
7439 various classes are generated in the following files:
7440
7441 @table @file
7442 @item position.hh
7443 @itemx location.hh
7444 The definition of the classes @code{position} and @code{location},
7445 used for location tracking. @xref{C++ Location Values}.
7446
7447 @item stack.hh
7448 An auxiliary class @code{stack} used by the parser.
7449
7450 @item @var{file}.hh
7451 @itemx @var{file}.cc
7452 (Assuming the extension of the input file was @samp{.yy}.) The
7453 declaration and implementation of the C++ parser class. The basename
7454 and extension of these two files follow the same rules as with regular C
7455 parsers (@pxref{Invocation}).
7456
7457 The header is @emph{mandatory}; you must either pass
7458 @option{-d}/@option{--defines} to @command{bison}, or use the
7459 @samp{%defines} directive.
7460 @end table
7461
7462 All these files are documented using Doxygen; run @command{doxygen}
7463 for a complete and accurate documentation.
7464
7465 @node C++ Semantic Values
7466 @subsection C++ Semantic Values
7467 @c - No objects in unions
7468 @c - YSTYPE
7469 @c - Printer and destructor
7470
7471 The @code{%union} directive works as for C, see @ref{Union Decl, ,The
7472 Collection of Value Types}. In particular it produces a genuine
7473 @code{union}@footnote{In the future techniques to allow complex types
7474 within pseudo-unions (similar to Boost variants) might be implemented to
7475 alleviate these issues.}, which have a few specific features in C++.
7476 @itemize @minus
7477 @item
7478 The type @code{YYSTYPE} is defined but its use is discouraged: rather
7479 you should refer to the parser's encapsulated type
7480 @code{yy::parser::semantic_type}.
7481 @item
7482 Non POD (Plain Old Data) types cannot be used. C++ forbids any
7483 instance of classes with constructors in unions: only @emph{pointers}
7484 to such objects are allowed.
7485 @end itemize
7486
7487 Because objects have to be stored via pointers, memory is not
7488 reclaimed automatically: using the @code{%destructor} directive is the
7489 only means to avoid leaks. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded
7490 Symbols}.
7491
7492
7493 @node C++ Location Values
7494 @subsection C++ Location Values
7495 @c - %locations
7496 @c - class Position
7497 @c - class Location
7498 @c - %define "filename_type" "const symbol::Symbol"
7499
7500 When the directive @code{%locations} is used, the C++ parser supports
7501 location tracking, see @ref{Locations, , Locations Overview}. Two
7502 auxiliary classes define a @code{position}, a single point in a file,
7503 and a @code{location}, a range composed of a pair of
7504 @code{position}s (possibly spanning several files).
7505
7506 @deftypemethod {position} {std::string*} file
7507 The name of the file. It will always be handled as a pointer, the
7508 parser will never duplicate nor deallocate it. As an experimental
7509 feature you may change it to @samp{@var{type}*} using @samp{%define
7510 "filename_type" "@var{type}"}.
7511 @end deftypemethod
7512
7513 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} line
7514 The line, starting at 1.
7515 @end deftypemethod
7516
7517 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7518 Advance by @var{height} lines, resetting the column number.
7519 @end deftypemethod
7520
7521 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} column
7522 The column, starting at 0.
7523 @end deftypemethod
7524
7525 @deftypemethod {position} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7526 Advance by @var{width} columns, without changing the line number.
7527 @end deftypemethod
7528
7529 @deftypemethod {position} {position&} operator+= (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7530 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator+ (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7531 @deftypemethodx {position} {position&} operator-= (const position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7532 @deftypemethodx {position} {position} operator- (position& @var{pos}, int @var{width})
7533 Various forms of syntactic sugar for @code{columns}.
7534 @end deftypemethod
7535
7536 @deftypemethod {position} {position} operator<< (std::ostream @var{o}, const position& @var{p})
7537 Report @var{p} on @var{o} like this:
7538 @samp{@var{file}:@var{line}.@var{column}}, or
7539 @samp{@var{line}.@var{column}} if @var{file} is null.
7540 @end deftypemethod
7541
7542 @deftypemethod {location} {position} begin
7543 @deftypemethodx {location} {position} end
7544 The first, inclusive, position of the range, and the first beyond.
7545 @end deftypemethod
7546
7547 @deftypemethod {location} {unsigned int} columns (int @var{width} = 1)
7548 @deftypemethodx {location} {unsigned int} lines (int @var{height} = 1)
7549 Advance the @code{end} position.
7550 @end deftypemethod
7551
7552 @deftypemethod {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, const location& @var{end})
7553 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+ (const location& @var{begin}, int @var{width})
7554 @deftypemethodx {location} {location} operator+= (const location& @var{loc}, int @var{width})
7555 Various forms of syntactic sugar.
7556 @end deftypemethod
7557
7558 @deftypemethod {location} {void} step ()
7559 Move @code{begin} onto @code{end}.
7560 @end deftypemethod
7561
7562
7563 @node C++ Parser Interface
7564 @subsection C++ Parser Interface
7565 @c - define parser_class_name
7566 @c - Ctor
7567 @c - parse, error, set_debug_level, debug_level, set_debug_stream,
7568 @c debug_stream.
7569 @c - Reporting errors
7570
7571 The output files @file{@var{output}.hh} and @file{@var{output}.cc}
7572 declare and define the parser class in the namespace @code{yy}. The
7573 class name defaults to @code{parser}, but may be changed using
7574 @samp{%define "parser_class_name" "@var{name}"}. The interface of
7575 this class is detailed below. It can be extended using the
7576 @code{%parse-param} feature: its semantics is slightly changed since
7577 it describes an additional member of the parser class, and an
7578 additional argument for its constructor.
7579
7580 @defcv {Type} {parser} {semantic_value_type}
7581 @defcvx {Type} {parser} {location_value_type}
7582 The types for semantics value and locations.
7583 @end defcv
7584
7585 @deftypemethod {parser} {} parser (@var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7586 Build a new parser object. There are no arguments by default, unless
7587 @samp{%parse-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} was used.
7588 @end deftypemethod
7589
7590 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} parse ()
7591 Run the syntactic analysis, and return 0 on success, 1 otherwise.
7592 @end deftypemethod
7593
7594 @deftypemethod {parser} {std::ostream&} debug_stream ()
7595 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_stream (std::ostream& @var{o})
7596 Get or set the stream used for tracing the parsing. It defaults to
7597 @code{std::cerr}.
7598 @end deftypemethod
7599
7600 @deftypemethod {parser} {debug_level_type} debug_level ()
7601 @deftypemethodx {parser} {void} set_debug_level (debug_level @var{l})
7602 Get or set the tracing level. Currently its value is either 0, no trace,
7603 or nonzero, full tracing.
7604 @end deftypemethod
7605
7606 @deftypemethod {parser} {void} error (const location_type& @var{l}, const std::string& @var{m})
7607 The definition for this member function must be supplied by the user:
7608 the parser uses it to report a parser error occurring at @var{l},
7609 described by @var{m}.
7610 @end deftypemethod
7611
7612
7613 @node C++ Scanner Interface
7614 @subsection C++ Scanner Interface
7615 @c - prefix for yylex.
7616 @c - Pure interface to yylex
7617 @c - %lex-param
7618
7619 The parser invokes the scanner by calling @code{yylex}. Contrary to C
7620 parsers, C++ parsers are always pure: there is no point in using the
7621 @code{%pure-parser} directive. Therefore the interface is as follows.
7622
7623 @deftypemethod {parser} {int} yylex (semantic_value_type& @var{yylval}, location_type& @var{yylloc}, @var{type1} @var{arg1}, ...)
7624 Return the next token. Its type is the return value, its semantic
7625 value and location being @var{yylval} and @var{yylloc}. Invocations of
7626 @samp{%lex-param @{@var{type1} @var{arg1}@}} yield additional arguments.
7627 @end deftypemethod
7628
7629
7630 @node A Complete C++ Example
7631 @section A Complete C++ Example
7632
7633 This section demonstrates the use of a C++ parser with a simple but
7634 complete example. This example should be available on your system,
7635 ready to compile, in the directory @dfn{../bison/examples/calc++}. It
7636 focuses on the use of Bison, therefore the design of the various C++
7637 classes is very naive: no accessors, no encapsulation of members etc.
7638 We will use a Lex scanner, and more precisely, a Flex scanner, to
7639 demonstrate the various interaction. A hand written scanner is
7640 actually easier to interface with.
7641
7642 @menu
7643 * Calc++ --- C++ Calculator:: The specifications
7644 * Calc++ Parsing Driver:: An active parsing context
7645 * Calc++ Parser:: A parser class
7646 * Calc++ Scanner:: A pure C++ Flex scanner
7647 * Calc++ Top Level:: Conducting the band
7648 @end menu
7649
7650 @node Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7651 @subsection Calc++ --- C++ Calculator
7652
7653 Of course the grammar is dedicated to arithmetics, a single
7654 expression, possibly preceded by variable assignments. An
7655 environment containing possibly predefined variables such as
7656 @code{one} and @code{two}, is exchanged with the parser. An example
7657 of valid input follows.
7658
7659 @example
7660 three := 3
7661 seven := one + two * three
7662 seven * seven
7663 @end example
7664
7665 @node Calc++ Parsing Driver
7666 @subsection Calc++ Parsing Driver
7667 @c - An env
7668 @c - A place to store error messages
7669 @c - A place for the result
7670
7671 To support a pure interface with the parser (and the scanner) the
7672 technique of the ``parsing context'' is convenient: a structure
7673 containing all the data to exchange. Since, in addition to simply
7674 launch the parsing, there are several auxiliary tasks to execute (open
7675 the file for parsing, instantiate the parser etc.), we recommend
7676 transforming the simple parsing context structure into a fully blown
7677 @dfn{parsing driver} class.
7678
7679 The declaration of this driver class, @file{calc++-driver.hh}, is as
7680 follows. The first part includes the CPP guard and imports the
7681 required standard library components, and the declaration of the parser
7682 class.
7683
7684 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7685 @example
7686 #ifndef CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7687 # define CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7688 # include <string>
7689 # include <map>
7690 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7691 @end example
7692
7693
7694 @noindent
7695 Then comes the declaration of the scanning function. Flex expects
7696 the signature of @code{yylex} to be defined in the macro
7697 @code{YY_DECL}, and the C++ parser expects it to be declared. We can
7698 factor both as follows.
7699
7700 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7701 @example
7702 // Tell Flex the lexer's prototype ...
7703 # define YY_DECL \
7704 yy::calcxx_parser::token_type \
7705 yylex (yy::calcxx_parser::semantic_type* yylval, \
7706 yy::calcxx_parser::location_type* yylloc, \
7707 calcxx_driver& driver)
7708 // ... and declare it for the parser's sake.
7709 YY_DECL;
7710 @end example
7711
7712 @noindent
7713 The @code{calcxx_driver} class is then declared with its most obvious
7714 members.
7715
7716 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7717 @example
7718 // Conducting the whole scanning and parsing of Calc++.
7719 class calcxx_driver
7720 @{
7721 public:
7722 calcxx_driver ();
7723 virtual ~calcxx_driver ();
7724
7725 std::map<std::string, int> variables;
7726
7727 int result;
7728 @end example
7729
7730 @noindent
7731 To encapsulate the coordination with the Flex scanner, it is useful to
7732 have two members function to open and close the scanning phase.
7733
7734 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7735 @example
7736 // Handling the scanner.
7737 void scan_begin ();
7738 void scan_end ();
7739 bool trace_scanning;
7740 @end example
7741
7742 @noindent
7743 Similarly for the parser itself.
7744
7745 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7746 @example
7747 // Handling the parser.
7748 void parse (const std::string& f);
7749 std::string file;
7750 bool trace_parsing;
7751 @end example
7752
7753 @noindent
7754 To demonstrate pure handling of parse errors, instead of simply
7755 dumping them on the standard error output, we will pass them to the
7756 compiler driver using the following two member functions. Finally, we
7757 close the class declaration and CPP guard.
7758
7759 @comment file: calc++-driver.hh
7760 @example
7761 // Error handling.
7762 void error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m);
7763 void error (const std::string& m);
7764 @};
7765 #endif // ! CALCXX_DRIVER_HH
7766 @end example
7767
7768 The implementation of the driver is straightforward. The @code{parse}
7769 member function deserves some attention. The @code{error} functions
7770 are simple stubs, they should actually register the located error
7771 messages and set error state.
7772
7773 @comment file: calc++-driver.cc
7774 @example
7775 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
7776 #include "calc++-parser.hh"
7777
7778 calcxx_driver::calcxx_driver ()
7779 : trace_scanning (false), trace_parsing (false)
7780 @{
7781 variables["one"] = 1;
7782 variables["two"] = 2;
7783 @}
7784
7785 calcxx_driver::~calcxx_driver ()
7786 @{
7787 @}
7788
7789 void
7790 calcxx_driver::parse (const std::string &f)
7791 @{
7792 file = f;
7793 scan_begin ();
7794 yy::calcxx_parser parser (*this);
7795 parser.set_debug_level (trace_parsing);
7796 parser.parse ();
7797 scan_end ();
7798 @}
7799
7800 void
7801 calcxx_driver::error (const yy::location& l, const std::string& m)
7802 @{
7803 std::cerr << l << ": " << m << std::endl;
7804 @}
7805
7806 void
7807 calcxx_driver::error (const std::string& m)
7808 @{
7809 std::cerr << m << std::endl;
7810 @}
7811 @end example
7812
7813 @node Calc++ Parser
7814 @subsection Calc++ Parser
7815
7816 The parser definition file @file{calc++-parser.yy} starts by asking for
7817 the C++ LALR(1) skeleton, the creation of the parser header file, and
7818 specifies the name of the parser class. Because the C++ skeleton
7819 changed several times, it is safer to require the version you designed
7820 the grammar for.
7821
7822 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7823 @example
7824 %skeleton "lalr1.cc" /* -*- C++ -*- */
7825 %require "2.1a"
7826 %defines
7827 %define "parser_class_name" "calcxx_parser"
7828 @end example
7829
7830 @noindent
7831 @findex %requires
7832 Then come the declarations/inclusions needed to define the
7833 @code{%union}. Because the parser uses the parsing driver and
7834 reciprocally, both cannot include the header of the other. Because the
7835 driver's header needs detailed knowledge about the parser class (in
7836 particular its inner types), it is the parser's header which will simply
7837 use a forward declaration of the driver.
7838 @xref{Table of Symbols, ,%requires}.
7839
7840 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7841 @example
7842 %requires @{
7843 # include <string>
7844 class calcxx_driver;
7845 @}
7846 @end example
7847
7848 @noindent
7849 The driver is passed by reference to the parser and to the scanner.
7850 This provides a simple but effective pure interface, not relying on
7851 global variables.
7852
7853 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7854 @example
7855 // The parsing context.
7856 %parse-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7857 %lex-param @{ calcxx_driver& driver @}
7858 @end example
7859
7860 @noindent
7861 Then we request the location tracking feature, and initialize the
7862 first location's file name. Afterwards new locations are computed
7863 relatively to the previous locations: the file name will be
7864 automatically propagated.
7865
7866 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7867 @example
7868 %locations
7869 %initial-action
7870 @{
7871 // Initialize the initial location.
7872 @@$.begin.filename = @@$.end.filename = &driver.file;
7873 @};
7874 @end example
7875
7876 @noindent
7877 Use the two following directives to enable parser tracing and verbose
7878 error messages.
7879
7880 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7881 @example
7882 %debug
7883 %error-verbose
7884 @end example
7885
7886 @noindent
7887 Semantic values cannot use ``real'' objects, but only pointers to
7888 them.
7889
7890 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7891 @example
7892 // Symbols.
7893 %union
7894 @{
7895 int ival;
7896 std::string *sval;
7897 @};
7898 @end example
7899
7900 @noindent
7901 @findex %code
7902 The code between @samp{%code @{} and @samp{@}} is output in the
7903 @file{*.cc} file; it needs detailed knowledge about the driver.
7904
7905 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7906 @example
7907 %code @{
7908 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7909 @}
7910 @end example
7911
7912
7913 @noindent
7914 The token numbered as 0 corresponds to end of file; the following line
7915 allows for nicer error messages referring to ``end of file'' instead
7916 of ``$end''. Similarly user friendly named are provided for each
7917 symbol. Note that the tokens names are prefixed by @code{TOKEN_} to
7918 avoid name clashes.
7919
7920 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7921 @example
7922 %token END 0 "end of file"
7923 %token ASSIGN ":="
7924 %token <sval> IDENTIFIER "identifier"
7925 %token <ival> NUMBER "number"
7926 %type <ival> exp "expression"
7927 @end example
7928
7929 @noindent
7930 To enable memory deallocation during error recovery, use
7931 @code{%destructor}.
7932
7933 @c FIXME: Document %printer, and mention that it takes a braced-code operand.
7934 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7935 @example
7936 %printer @{ debug_stream () << *$$; @} "identifier"
7937 %destructor @{ delete $$; @} "identifier"
7938
7939 %printer @{ debug_stream () << $$; @} "number" "expression"
7940 @end example
7941
7942 @noindent
7943 The grammar itself is straightforward.
7944
7945 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7946 @example
7947 %%
7948 %start unit;
7949 unit: assignments exp @{ driver.result = $2; @};
7950
7951 assignments: assignments assignment @{@}
7952 | /* Nothing. */ @{@};
7953
7954 assignment:
7955 "identifier" ":=" exp
7956 @{ driver.variables[*$1] = $3; delete $1; @};
7957
7958 %left '+' '-';
7959 %left '*' '/';
7960 exp: exp '+' exp @{ $$ = $1 + $3; @}
7961 | exp '-' exp @{ $$ = $1 - $3; @}
7962 | exp '*' exp @{ $$ = $1 * $3; @}
7963 | exp '/' exp @{ $$ = $1 / $3; @}
7964 | "identifier" @{ $$ = driver.variables[*$1]; delete $1; @}
7965 | "number" @{ $$ = $1; @};
7966 %%
7967 @end example
7968
7969 @noindent
7970 Finally the @code{error} member function registers the errors to the
7971 driver.
7972
7973 @comment file: calc++-parser.yy
7974 @example
7975 void
7976 yy::calcxx_parser::error (const yy::calcxx_parser::location_type& l,
7977 const std::string& m)
7978 @{
7979 driver.error (l, m);
7980 @}
7981 @end example
7982
7983 @node Calc++ Scanner
7984 @subsection Calc++ Scanner
7985
7986 The Flex scanner first includes the driver declaration, then the
7987 parser's to get the set of defined tokens.
7988
7989 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
7990 @example
7991 %@{ /* -*- C++ -*- */
7992 # include <cstdlib>
7993 # include <errno.h>
7994 # include <limits.h>
7995 # include <string>
7996 # include "calc++-driver.hh"
7997 # include "calc++-parser.hh"
7998
7999 /* Work around an incompatibility in flex (at least versions
8000 2.5.31 through 2.5.33): it generates code that does
8001 not conform to C89. See Debian bug 333231
8002 <http://bugs.debian.org/cgi-bin/bugreport.cgi?bug=333231>. */
8003 # undef yywrap
8004 # define yywrap() 1
8005
8006 /* By default yylex returns int, we use token_type.
8007 Unfortunately yyterminate by default returns 0, which is
8008 not of token_type. */
8009 #define yyterminate() return token::END
8010 %@}
8011 @end example
8012
8013 @noindent
8014 Because there is no @code{#include}-like feature we don't need
8015 @code{yywrap}, we don't need @code{unput} either, and we parse an
8016 actual file, this is not an interactive session with the user.
8017 Finally we enable the scanner tracing features.
8018
8019 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8020 @example
8021 %option noyywrap nounput batch debug
8022 @end example
8023
8024 @noindent
8025 Abbreviations allow for more readable rules.
8026
8027 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8028 @example
8029 id [a-zA-Z][a-zA-Z_0-9]*
8030 int [0-9]+
8031 blank [ \t]
8032 @end example
8033
8034 @noindent
8035 The following paragraph suffices to track locations accurately. Each
8036 time @code{yylex} is invoked, the begin position is moved onto the end
8037 position. Then when a pattern is matched, the end position is
8038 advanced of its width. In case it matched ends of lines, the end
8039 cursor is adjusted, and each time blanks are matched, the begin cursor
8040 is moved onto the end cursor to effectively ignore the blanks
8041 preceding tokens. Comments would be treated equally.
8042
8043 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8044 @example
8045 %@{
8046 # define YY_USER_ACTION yylloc->columns (yyleng);
8047 %@}
8048 %%
8049 %@{
8050 yylloc->step ();
8051 %@}
8052 @{blank@}+ yylloc->step ();
8053 [\n]+ yylloc->lines (yyleng); yylloc->step ();
8054 @end example
8055
8056 @noindent
8057 The rules are simple, just note the use of the driver to report errors.
8058 It is convenient to use a typedef to shorten
8059 @code{yy::calcxx_parser::token::identifier} into
8060 @code{token::identifier} for instance.
8061
8062 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8063 @example
8064 %@{
8065 typedef yy::calcxx_parser::token token;
8066 %@}
8067 /* Convert ints to the actual type of tokens. */
8068 [-+*/] return yy::calcxx_parser::token_type (yytext[0]);
8069 ":=" return token::ASSIGN;
8070 @{int@} @{
8071 errno = 0;
8072 long n = strtol (yytext, NULL, 10);
8073 if (! (INT_MIN <= n && n <= INT_MAX && errno != ERANGE))
8074 driver.error (*yylloc, "integer is out of range");
8075 yylval->ival = n;
8076 return token::NUMBER;
8077 @}
8078 @{id@} yylval->sval = new std::string (yytext); return token::IDENTIFIER;
8079 . driver.error (*yylloc, "invalid character");
8080 %%
8081 @end example
8082
8083 @noindent
8084 Finally, because the scanner related driver's member function depend
8085 on the scanner's data, it is simpler to implement them in this file.
8086
8087 @comment file: calc++-scanner.ll
8088 @example
8089 void
8090 calcxx_driver::scan_begin ()
8091 @{
8092 yy_flex_debug = trace_scanning;
8093 if (!(yyin = fopen (file.c_str (), "r")))
8094 error (std::string ("cannot open ") + file);
8095 @}
8096
8097 void
8098 calcxx_driver::scan_end ()
8099 @{
8100 fclose (yyin);
8101 @}
8102 @end example
8103
8104 @node Calc++ Top Level
8105 @subsection Calc++ Top Level
8106
8107 The top level file, @file{calc++.cc}, poses no problem.
8108
8109 @comment file: calc++.cc
8110 @example
8111 #include <iostream>
8112 #include "calc++-driver.hh"
8113
8114 int
8115 main (int argc, char *argv[])
8116 @{
8117 calcxx_driver driver;
8118 for (++argv; argv[0]; ++argv)
8119 if (*argv == std::string ("-p"))
8120 driver.trace_parsing = true;
8121 else if (*argv == std::string ("-s"))
8122 driver.trace_scanning = true;
8123 else
8124 @{
8125 driver.parse (*argv);
8126 std::cout << driver.result << std::endl;
8127 @}
8128 @}
8129 @end example
8130
8131 @c ================================================= FAQ
8132
8133 @node FAQ
8134 @chapter Frequently Asked Questions
8135 @cindex frequently asked questions
8136 @cindex questions
8137
8138 Several questions about Bison come up occasionally. Here some of them
8139 are addressed.
8140
8141 @menu
8142 * Memory Exhausted:: Breaking the Stack Limits
8143 * How Can I Reset the Parser:: @code{yyparse} Keeps some State
8144 * Strings are Destroyed:: @code{yylval} Loses Track of Strings
8145 * Implementing Gotos/Loops:: Control Flow in the Calculator
8146 * Multiple start-symbols:: Factoring closely related grammars
8147 * Secure? Conform?:: Is Bison @acronym{POSIX} safe?
8148 * I can't build Bison:: Troubleshooting
8149 * Where can I find help?:: Troubleshouting
8150 * Bug Reports:: Troublereporting
8151 * Other Languages:: Parsers in Java and others
8152 * Beta Testing:: Experimenting development versions
8153 * Mailing Lists:: Meeting other Bison users
8154 @end menu
8155
8156 @node Memory Exhausted
8157 @section Memory Exhausted
8158
8159 @display
8160 My parser returns with error with a @samp{memory exhausted}
8161 message. What can I do?
8162 @end display
8163
8164 This question is already addressed elsewhere, @xref{Recursion,
8165 ,Recursive Rules}.
8166
8167 @node How Can I Reset the Parser
8168 @section How Can I Reset the Parser
8169
8170 The following phenomenon has several symptoms, resulting in the
8171 following typical questions:
8172
8173 @display
8174 I invoke @code{yyparse} several times, and on correct input it works
8175 properly; but when a parse error is found, all the other calls fail
8176 too. How can I reset the error flag of @code{yyparse}?
8177 @end display
8178
8179 @noindent
8180 or
8181
8182 @display
8183 My parser includes support for an @samp{#include}-like feature, in
8184 which case I run @code{yyparse} from @code{yyparse}. This fails
8185 although I did specify I needed a @code{%pure-parser}.
8186 @end display
8187
8188 These problems typically come not from Bison itself, but from
8189 Lex-generated scanners. Because these scanners use large buffers for
8190 speed, they might not notice a change of input file. As a
8191 demonstration, consider the following source file,
8192 @file{first-line.l}:
8193
8194 @verbatim
8195 %{
8196 #include <stdio.h>
8197 #include <stdlib.h>
8198 %}
8199 %%
8200 .*\n ECHO; return 1;
8201 %%
8202 int
8203 yyparse (char const *file)
8204 {
8205 yyin = fopen (file, "r");
8206 if (!yyin)
8207 exit (2);
8208 /* One token only. */
8209 yylex ();
8210 if (fclose (yyin) != 0)
8211 exit (3);
8212 return 0;
8213 }
8214
8215 int
8216 main (void)
8217 {
8218 yyparse ("input");
8219 yyparse ("input");
8220 return 0;
8221 }
8222 @end verbatim
8223
8224 @noindent
8225 If the file @file{input} contains
8226
8227 @verbatim
8228 input:1: Hello,
8229 input:2: World!
8230 @end verbatim
8231
8232 @noindent
8233 then instead of getting the first line twice, you get:
8234
8235 @example
8236 $ @kbd{flex -ofirst-line.c first-line.l}
8237 $ @kbd{gcc -ofirst-line first-line.c -ll}
8238 $ @kbd{./first-line}
8239 input:1: Hello,
8240 input:2: World!
8241 @end example
8242
8243 Therefore, whenever you change @code{yyin}, you must tell the
8244 Lex-generated scanner to discard its current buffer and switch to the
8245 new one. This depends upon your implementation of Lex; see its
8246 documentation for more. For Flex, it suffices to call
8247 @samp{YY_FLUSH_BUFFER} after each change to @code{yyin}. If your
8248 Flex-generated scanner needs to read from several input streams to
8249 handle features like include files, you might consider using Flex
8250 functions like @samp{yy_switch_to_buffer} that manipulate multiple
8251 input buffers.
8252
8253 If your Flex-generated scanner uses start conditions (@pxref{Start
8254 conditions, , Start conditions, flex, The Flex Manual}), you might
8255 also want to reset the scanner's state, i.e., go back to the initial
8256 start condition, through a call to @samp{BEGIN (0)}.
8257
8258 @node Strings are Destroyed
8259 @section Strings are Destroyed
8260
8261 @display
8262 My parser seems to destroy old strings, or maybe it loses track of
8263 them. Instead of reporting @samp{"foo", "bar"}, it reports
8264 @samp{"bar", "bar"}, or even @samp{"foo\nbar", "bar"}.
8265 @end display
8266
8267 This error is probably the single most frequent ``bug report'' sent to
8268 Bison lists, but is only concerned with a misunderstanding of the role
8269 of the scanner. Consider the following Lex code:
8270
8271 @verbatim
8272 %{
8273 #include <stdio.h>
8274 char *yylval = NULL;
8275 %}
8276 %%
8277 .* yylval = yytext; return 1;
8278 \n /* IGNORE */
8279 %%
8280 int
8281 main ()
8282 {
8283 /* Similar to using $1, $2 in a Bison action. */
8284 char *fst = (yylex (), yylval);
8285 char *snd = (yylex (), yylval);
8286 printf ("\"%s\", \"%s\"\n", fst, snd);
8287 return 0;
8288 }
8289 @end verbatim
8290
8291 If you compile and run this code, you get:
8292
8293 @example
8294 $ @kbd{flex -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8295 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8296 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8297 "one
8298 two", "two"
8299 @end example
8300
8301 @noindent
8302 this is because @code{yytext} is a buffer provided for @emph{reading}
8303 in the action, but if you want to keep it, you have to duplicate it
8304 (e.g., using @code{strdup}). Note that the output may depend on how
8305 your implementation of Lex handles @code{yytext}. For instance, when
8306 given the Lex compatibility option @option{-l} (which triggers the
8307 option @samp{%array}) Flex generates a different behavior:
8308
8309 @example
8310 $ @kbd{flex -l -osplit-lines.c split-lines.l}
8311 $ @kbd{gcc -osplit-lines split-lines.c -ll}
8312 $ @kbd{printf 'one\ntwo\n' | ./split-lines}
8313 "two", "two"
8314 @end example
8315
8316
8317 @node Implementing Gotos/Loops
8318 @section Implementing Gotos/Loops
8319
8320 @display
8321 My simple calculator supports variables, assignments, and functions,
8322 but how can I implement gotos, or loops?
8323 @end display
8324
8325 Although very pedagogical, the examples included in the document blur
8326 the distinction to make between the parser---whose job is to recover
8327 the structure of a text and to transmit it to subsequent modules of
8328 the program---and the processing (such as the execution) of this
8329 structure. This works well with so called straight line programs,
8330 i.e., precisely those that have a straightforward execution model:
8331 execute simple instructions one after the others.
8332
8333 @cindex abstract syntax tree
8334 @cindex @acronym{AST}
8335 If you want a richer model, you will probably need to use the parser
8336 to construct a tree that does represent the structure it has
8337 recovered; this tree is usually called the @dfn{abstract syntax tree},
8338 or @dfn{@acronym{AST}} for short. Then, walking through this tree,
8339 traversing it in various ways, will enable treatments such as its
8340 execution or its translation, which will result in an interpreter or a
8341 compiler.
8342
8343 This topic is way beyond the scope of this manual, and the reader is
8344 invited to consult the dedicated literature.
8345
8346
8347 @node Multiple start-symbols
8348 @section Multiple start-symbols
8349
8350 @display
8351 I have several closely related grammars, and I would like to share their
8352 implementations. In fact, I could use a single grammar but with
8353 multiple entry points.
8354 @end display
8355
8356 Bison does not support multiple start-symbols, but there is a very
8357 simple means to simulate them. If @code{foo} and @code{bar} are the two
8358 pseudo start-symbols, then introduce two new tokens, say
8359 @code{START_FOO} and @code{START_BAR}, and use them as switches from the
8360 real start-symbol:
8361
8362 @example
8363 %token START_FOO START_BAR;
8364 %start start;
8365 start: START_FOO foo
8366 | START_BAR bar;
8367 @end example
8368
8369 These tokens prevents the introduction of new conflicts. As far as the
8370 parser goes, that is all that is needed.
8371
8372 Now the difficult part is ensuring that the scanner will send these
8373 tokens first. If your scanner is hand-written, that should be
8374 straightforward. If your scanner is generated by Lex, them there is
8375 simple means to do it: recall that anything between @samp{%@{ ... %@}}
8376 after the first @code{%%} is copied verbatim in the top of the generated
8377 @code{yylex} function. Make sure a variable @code{start_token} is
8378 available in the scanner (e.g., a global variable or using
8379 @code{%lex-param} etc.), and use the following:
8380
8381 @example
8382 /* @r{Prologue.} */
8383 %%
8384 %@{
8385 if (start_token)
8386 @{
8387 int t = start_token;
8388 start_token = 0;
8389 return t;
8390 @}
8391 %@}
8392 /* @r{The rules.} */
8393 @end example
8394
8395
8396 @node Secure? Conform?
8397 @section Secure? Conform?
8398
8399 @display
8400 Is Bison secure? Does it conform to POSIX?
8401 @end display
8402
8403 If you're looking for a guarantee or certification, we don't provide it.
8404 However, Bison is intended to be a reliable program that conforms to the
8405 @acronym{POSIX} specification for Yacc. If you run into problems,
8406 please send us a bug report.
8407
8408 @node I can't build Bison
8409 @section I can't build Bison
8410
8411 @display
8412 I can't build Bison because @command{make} complains that
8413 @code{msgfmt} is not found.
8414 What should I do?
8415 @end display
8416
8417 Like most GNU packages with internationalization support, that feature
8418 is turned on by default. If you have problems building in the @file{po}
8419 subdirectory, it indicates that your system's internationalization
8420 support is lacking. You can re-configure Bison with
8421 @option{--disable-nls} to turn off this support, or you can install GNU
8422 gettext from @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/gnu/gettext/} and re-configure
8423 Bison. See the file @file{ABOUT-NLS} for more information.
8424
8425
8426 @node Where can I find help?
8427 @section Where can I find help?
8428
8429 @display
8430 I'm having trouble using Bison. Where can I find help?
8431 @end display
8432
8433 First, read this fine manual. Beyond that, you can send mail to
8434 @email{help-bison@@gnu.org}. This mailing list is intended to be
8435 populated with people who are willing to answer questions about using
8436 and installing Bison. Please keep in mind that (most of) the people on
8437 the list have aspects of their lives which are not related to Bison (!),
8438 so you may not receive an answer to your question right away. This can
8439 be frustrating, but please try not to honk them off; remember that any
8440 help they provide is purely voluntary and out of the kindness of their
8441 hearts.
8442
8443 @node Bug Reports
8444 @section Bug Reports
8445
8446 @display
8447 I found a bug. What should I include in the bug report?
8448 @end display
8449
8450 Before you send a bug report, make sure you are using the latest
8451 version. Check @url{ftp://ftp.gnu.org/pub/gnu/bison/} or one of its
8452 mirrors. Be sure to include the version number in your bug report. If
8453 the bug is present in the latest version but not in a previous version,
8454 try to determine the most recent version which did not contain the bug.
8455
8456 If the bug is parser-related, you should include the smallest grammar
8457 you can which demonstrates the bug. The grammar file should also be
8458 complete (i.e., I should be able to run it through Bison without having
8459 to edit or add anything). The smaller and simpler the grammar, the
8460 easier it will be to fix the bug.
8461
8462 Include information about your compilation environment, including your
8463 operating system's name and version and your compiler's name and
8464 version. If you have trouble compiling, you should also include a
8465 transcript of the build session, starting with the invocation of
8466 `configure'. Depending on the nature of the bug, you may be asked to
8467 send additional files as well (such as `config.h' or `config.cache').
8468
8469 Patches are most welcome, but not required. That is, do not hesitate to
8470 send a bug report just because you can not provide a fix.
8471
8472 Send bug reports to @email{bug-bison@@gnu.org}.
8473
8474 @node Other Languages
8475 @section Other Languages
8476
8477 @display
8478 Will Bison ever have C++ support? How about Java or @var{insert your
8479 favorite language here}?
8480 @end display
8481
8482 C++ support is there now, and is documented. We'd love to add other
8483 languages; contributions are welcome.
8484
8485 @node Beta Testing
8486 @section Beta Testing
8487
8488 @display
8489 What is involved in being a beta tester?
8490 @end display
8491
8492 It's not terribly involved. Basically, you would download a test
8493 release, compile it, and use it to build and run a parser or two. After
8494 that, you would submit either a bug report or a message saying that
8495 everything is okay. It is important to report successes as well as
8496 failures because test releases eventually become mainstream releases,
8497 but only if they are adequately tested. If no one tests, development is
8498 essentially halted.
8499
8500 Beta testers are particularly needed for operating systems to which the
8501 developers do not have easy access. They currently have easy access to
8502 recent GNU/Linux and Solaris versions. Reports about other operating
8503 systems are especially welcome.
8504
8505 @node Mailing Lists
8506 @section Mailing Lists
8507
8508 @display
8509 How do I join the help-bison and bug-bison mailing lists?
8510 @end display
8511
8512 See @url{http://lists.gnu.org/}.
8513
8514 @c ================================================= Table of Symbols
8515
8516 @node Table of Symbols
8517 @appendix Bison Symbols
8518 @cindex Bison symbols, table of
8519 @cindex symbols in Bison, table of
8520
8521 @deffn {Variable} @@$
8522 In an action, the location of the left-hand side of the rule.
8523 @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8524 @end deffn
8525
8526 @deffn {Variable} @@@var{n}
8527 In an action, the location of the @var{n}-th symbol of the right-hand
8528 side of the rule. @xref{Locations, , Locations Overview}.
8529 @end deffn
8530
8531 @deffn {Variable} $$
8532 In an action, the semantic value of the left-hand side of the rule.
8533 @xref{Actions}.
8534 @end deffn
8535
8536 @deffn {Variable} $@var{n}
8537 In an action, the semantic value of the @var{n}-th symbol of the
8538 right-hand side of the rule. @xref{Actions}.
8539 @end deffn
8540
8541 @deffn {Delimiter} %%
8542 Delimiter used to separate the grammar rule section from the
8543 Bison declarations section or the epilogue.
8544 @xref{Grammar Layout, ,The Overall Layout of a Bison Grammar}.
8545 @end deffn
8546
8547 @c Don't insert spaces, or check the DVI output.
8548 @deffn {Delimiter} %@{@var{code}%@}
8549 All code listed between @samp{%@{} and @samp{%@}} is copied directly to
8550 the output file uninterpreted. Such code forms the prologue of the input
8551 file. @xref{Grammar Outline, ,Outline of a Bison
8552 Grammar}.
8553 @end deffn
8554
8555 @deffn {Construct} /*@dots{}*/
8556 Comment delimiters, as in C.
8557 @end deffn
8558
8559 @deffn {Delimiter} :
8560 Separates a rule's result from its components. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of
8561 Grammar Rules}.
8562 @end deffn
8563
8564 @deffn {Delimiter} ;
8565 Terminates a rule. @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8566 @end deffn
8567
8568 @deffn {Delimiter} |
8569 Separates alternate rules for the same result nonterminal.
8570 @xref{Rules, ,Syntax of Grammar Rules}.
8571 @end deffn
8572
8573 @deffn {Directive} <*>
8574 Used to define a default tagged @code{%destructor} or default tagged
8575 @code{%printer}.
8576 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8577 @end deffn
8578
8579 @deffn {Directive} <>
8580 Used to define a default tagless @code{%destructor} or default tagless
8581 @code{%printer}.
8582 @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8583 @end deffn
8584
8585 @deffn {Symbol} $accept
8586 The predefined nonterminal whose only rule is @samp{$accept: @var{start}
8587 $end}, where @var{start} is the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, , The
8588 Start-Symbol}. It cannot be used in the grammar.
8589 @end deffn
8590
8591 @deffn {Directive} %code @{@var{code}@}
8592 Other than semantic actions, this is probably the most common place you should
8593 write verbatim code for the parser implementation.
8594 For C/C++, it replaces the traditional Yacc prologue,
8595 @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, for most purposes.
8596 For Java, it inserts code into the parser class.
8597
8598 @cindex Prologue
8599 @findex %union
8600 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue})
8601 appearing after the first @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based grammar
8602 file.
8603 While Bison will continue to support @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} for backward
8604 compatibility, @code{%code @{@var{code}@}} is cleaner as its functionality does
8605 not depend on its position in the grammar file relative to any
8606 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}}.
8607 Specifically, @code{%code @{@var{code}@}} always inserts your @var{code} into
8608 the parser code file after the usual contents of the parser header file.
8609
8610 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8611 @end deffn
8612
8613 @deffn {Directive} %code-top @{@var{code}@}
8614 Occasionally for C/C++ it is desirable to insert code near the top of the
8615 parser code file.
8616 For example:
8617
8618 @smallexample
8619 %code-top @{
8620 #define _GNU_SOURCE
8621 #include <stdio.h>
8622 @}
8623 @end smallexample
8624
8625 @noindent
8626 For Java, @code{%code-top @{@var{code}@}} is currently unused.
8627
8628 @cindex Prologue
8629 @findex %union
8630 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} appearing before the first
8631 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based grammar file.
8632 @code{%code-top @{@var{code}@}} is cleaner as its functionality does not depend
8633 on its position in the grammar file relative to any
8634 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}}.
8635
8636 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8637 @end deffn
8638
8639 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8640 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8641 @end deffn
8642
8643 @deffn {Directive} %debug
8644 Equip the parser for debugging. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8645 @end deffn
8646
8647 @ifset defaultprec
8648 @deffn {Directive} %default-prec
8649 Assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8650 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8651 Precedence}.
8652 @end deffn
8653 @end ifset
8654
8655 @deffn {Directive} %defines
8656 Bison declaration to create a header file meant for the scanner.
8657 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8658 @end deffn
8659
8660 @deffn {Directive} %defines @var{defines-file}
8661 Same as above, but save in the file @var{defines-file}.
8662 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8663 @end deffn
8664
8665 @deffn {Directive} %destructor
8666 Specify how the parser should reclaim the memory associated to
8667 discarded symbols. @xref{Destructor Decl, , Freeing Discarded Symbols}.
8668 @end deffn
8669
8670 @deffn {Directive} %dprec
8671 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a rule that is used at parse
8672 time to resolve reduce/reduce conflicts. @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing
8673 @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8674 @end deffn
8675
8676 @deffn {Symbol} $end
8677 The predefined token marking the end of the token stream. It cannot be
8678 used in the grammar.
8679 @end deffn
8680
8681 @deffn {Symbol} error
8682 A token name reserved for error recovery. This token may be used in
8683 grammar rules so as to allow the Bison parser to recognize an error in
8684 the grammar without halting the process. In effect, a sentence
8685 containing an error may be recognized as valid. On a syntax error, the
8686 token @code{error} becomes the current lookahead token. Actions
8687 corresponding to @code{error} are then executed, and the lookahead
8688 token is reset to the token that originally caused the violation.
8689 @xref{Error Recovery}.
8690 @end deffn
8691
8692 @deffn {Directive} %error-verbose
8693 Bison declaration to request verbose, specific error message strings
8694 when @code{yyerror} is called.
8695 @end deffn
8696
8697 @deffn {Directive} %file-prefix "@var{prefix}"
8698 Bison declaration to set the prefix of the output files. @xref{Decl
8699 Summary}.
8700 @end deffn
8701
8702 @deffn {Directive} %glr-parser
8703 Bison declaration to produce a @acronym{GLR} parser. @xref{GLR
8704 Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8705 @end deffn
8706
8707 @deffn {Directive} %initial-action
8708 Run user code before parsing. @xref{Initial Action Decl, , Performing Actions before Parsing}.
8709 @end deffn
8710
8711 @deffn {Directive} %left
8712 Bison declaration to assign left associativity to token(s).
8713 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8714 @end deffn
8715
8716 @deffn {Directive} %lex-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8717 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8718 @code{yylex} should accept. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions
8719 for Pure Parsers}.
8720 @end deffn
8721
8722 @deffn {Directive} %merge
8723 Bison declaration to assign a merging function to a rule. If there is a
8724 reduce/reduce conflict with a rule having the same merging function, the
8725 function is applied to the two semantic values to get a single result.
8726 @xref{GLR Parsers, ,Writing @acronym{GLR} Parsers}.
8727 @end deffn
8728
8729 @deffn {Directive} %name-prefix "@var{prefix}"
8730 Bison declaration to rename the external symbols. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8731 @end deffn
8732
8733 @ifset defaultprec
8734 @deffn {Directive} %no-default-prec
8735 Do not assign a precedence to rules that lack an explicit @samp{%prec}
8736 modifier. @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent
8737 Precedence}.
8738 @end deffn
8739 @end ifset
8740
8741 @deffn {Directive} %no-lines
8742 Bison declaration to avoid generating @code{#line} directives in the
8743 parser file. @xref{Decl Summary}.
8744 @end deffn
8745
8746 @deffn {Directive} %nonassoc
8747 Bison declaration to assign nonassociativity to token(s).
8748 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8749 @end deffn
8750
8751 @deffn {Directive} %output "@var{file}"
8752 Bison declaration to set the name of the parser file. @xref{Decl
8753 Summary}.
8754 @end deffn
8755
8756 @deffn {Directive} %parse-param @{@var{argument-declaration}@}
8757 Bison declaration to specifying an additional parameter that
8758 @code{yyparse} should accept. @xref{Parser Function,, The Parser
8759 Function @code{yyparse}}.
8760 @end deffn
8761
8762 @deffn {Directive} %prec
8763 Bison declaration to assign a precedence to a specific rule.
8764 @xref{Contextual Precedence, ,Context-Dependent Precedence}.
8765 @end deffn
8766
8767 @deffn {Directive} %provides @{@var{code}@}
8768 This is the right place to write additional definitions you would like Bison to
8769 expose externally.
8770 For C/C++, this directive inserts your @var{code} both into the parser header
8771 file (if generated; @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) and into the parser
8772 code file after Bison's required definitions.
8773 For Java, it inserts your @var{code} into the parser java file after the parser
8774 class.
8775
8776 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8777 @end deffn
8778
8779 @deffn {Directive} %pure-parser
8780 Bison declaration to request a pure (reentrant) parser.
8781 @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
8782 @end deffn
8783
8784 @deffn {Directive} %require "@var{version}"
8785 Require version @var{version} or higher of Bison. @xref{Require Decl, ,
8786 Require a Version of Bison}.
8787 @end deffn
8788
8789 @deffn {Directive} %requires @{@var{code}@}
8790 This is the right place to write dependency code for externally exposed
8791 definitions required by Bison.
8792 For C/C++, such exposed definitions are those usually appearing in the parser
8793 header file.
8794 Thus, this is the right place to define types referenced in
8795 @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} directives, and it is the right place to override
8796 Bison's default @code{YYSTYPE} and @code{YYLTYPE} definitions.
8797 For Java, this is the right place to write import directives.
8798
8799 @cindex Prologue
8800 @findex %union
8801 Compare with @code{%@{@var{code}%@}} (@pxref{Prologue, ,The Prologue})
8802 appearing before the first @code{%union @{@var{code}@}} in a C/C++ based
8803 grammar file.
8804 Unlike @code{%@{@var{code}%@}}, @code{%requires @{@var{code}@}} inserts your
8805 @var{code} both into the parser code file and into the parser header file (if
8806 generated; @pxref{Table of Symbols, ,%defines}) since Bison's required
8807 definitions should depend on it in both places.
8808
8809 @xref{Prologue Alternatives}.
8810 @end deffn
8811
8812 @deffn {Directive} %right
8813 Bison declaration to assign right associativity to token(s).
8814 @xref{Precedence Decl, ,Operator Precedence}.
8815 @end deffn
8816
8817 @deffn {Directive} %start
8818 Bison declaration to specify the start symbol. @xref{Start Decl, ,The
8819 Start-Symbol}.
8820 @end deffn
8821
8822 @deffn {Directive} %token
8823 Bison declaration to declare token(s) without specifying precedence.
8824 @xref{Token Decl, ,Token Type Names}.
8825 @end deffn
8826
8827 @deffn {Directive} %token-table
8828 Bison declaration to include a token name table in the parser file.
8829 @xref{Decl Summary}.
8830 @end deffn
8831
8832 @deffn {Directive} %type
8833 Bison declaration to declare nonterminals. @xref{Type Decl,
8834 ,Nonterminal Symbols}.
8835 @end deffn
8836
8837 @deffn {Symbol} $undefined
8838 The predefined token onto which all undefined values returned by
8839 @code{yylex} are mapped. It cannot be used in the grammar, rather, use
8840 @code{error}.
8841 @end deffn
8842
8843 @deffn {Directive} %union
8844 Bison declaration to specify several possible data types for semantic
8845 values. @xref{Union Decl, ,The Collection of Value Types}.
8846 @end deffn
8847
8848 @deffn {Macro} YYABORT
8849 Macro to pretend that an unrecoverable syntax error has occurred, by
8850 making @code{yyparse} return 1 immediately. The error reporting
8851 function @code{yyerror} is not called. @xref{Parser Function, ,The
8852 Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8853 @end deffn
8854
8855 @deffn {Macro} YYACCEPT
8856 Macro to pretend that a complete utterance of the language has been
8857 read, by making @code{yyparse} return 0 immediately.
8858 @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8859 @end deffn
8860
8861 @deffn {Macro} YYBACKUP
8862 Macro to discard a value from the parser stack and fake a lookahead
8863 token. @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8864 @end deffn
8865
8866 @deffn {Variable} yychar
8867 External integer variable that contains the integer value of the
8868 lookahead token. (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within
8869 @code{yyparse}.) Error-recovery rule actions may examine this variable.
8870 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8871 @end deffn
8872
8873 @deffn {Variable} yyclearin
8874 Macro used in error-recovery rule actions. It clears the previous
8875 lookahead token. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8876 @end deffn
8877
8878 @deffn {Macro} YYDEBUG
8879 Macro to define to equip the parser with tracing code. @xref{Tracing,
8880 ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8881 @end deffn
8882
8883 @deffn {Variable} yydebug
8884 External integer variable set to zero by default. If @code{yydebug}
8885 is given a nonzero value, the parser will output information on input
8886 symbols and parser action. @xref{Tracing, ,Tracing Your Parser}.
8887 @end deffn
8888
8889 @deffn {Macro} yyerrok
8890 Macro to cause parser to recover immediately to its normal mode
8891 after a syntax error. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8892 @end deffn
8893
8894 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR
8895 Macro to pretend that a syntax error has just been detected: call
8896 @code{yyerror} and then perform normal error recovery if possible
8897 (@pxref{Error Recovery}), or (if recovery is impossible) make
8898 @code{yyparse} return 1. @xref{Error Recovery}.
8899 @end deffn
8900
8901 @deffn {Function} yyerror
8902 User-supplied function to be called by @code{yyparse} on error.
8903 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error
8904 Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8905 @end deffn
8906
8907 @deffn {Macro} YYERROR_VERBOSE
8908 An obsolete macro that you define with @code{#define} in the prologue
8909 to request verbose, specific error message strings
8910 when @code{yyerror} is called. It doesn't matter what definition you
8911 use for @code{YYERROR_VERBOSE}, just whether you define it. Using
8912 @code{%error-verbose} is preferred.
8913 @end deffn
8914
8915 @deffn {Macro} YYINITDEPTH
8916 Macro for specifying the initial size of the parser stack.
8917 @xref{Memory Management}.
8918 @end deffn
8919
8920 @deffn {Function} yylex
8921 User-supplied lexical analyzer function, called with no arguments to get
8922 the next token. @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function
8923 @code{yylex}}.
8924 @end deffn
8925
8926 @deffn {Macro} YYLEX_PARAM
8927 An obsolete macro for specifying an extra argument (or list of extra
8928 arguments) for @code{yyparse} to pass to @code{yylex}. The use of this
8929 macro is deprecated, and is supported only for Yacc like parsers.
8930 @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8931 @end deffn
8932
8933 @deffn {Variable} yylloc
8934 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the line and column
8935 numbers associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8936 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8937 @code{yylex}.)
8938 You can ignore this variable if you don't use the @samp{@@} feature in the
8939 grammar actions.
8940 @xref{Token Locations, ,Textual Locations of Tokens}.
8941 In semantic actions, it stores the location of the lookahead token.
8942 @xref{Actions and Locations, ,Actions and Locations}.
8943 @end deffn
8944
8945 @deffn {Type} YYLTYPE
8946 Data type of @code{yylloc}; by default, a structure with four
8947 members. @xref{Location Type, , Data Types of Locations}.
8948 @end deffn
8949
8950 @deffn {Variable} yylval
8951 External variable in which @code{yylex} should place the semantic
8952 value associated with a token. (In a pure parser, it is a local
8953 variable within @code{yyparse}, and its address is passed to
8954 @code{yylex}.)
8955 @xref{Token Values, ,Semantic Values of Tokens}.
8956 In semantic actions, it stores the semantic value of the lookahead token.
8957 @xref{Actions, ,Actions}.
8958 @end deffn
8959
8960 @deffn {Macro} YYMAXDEPTH
8961 Macro for specifying the maximum size of the parser stack. @xref{Memory
8962 Management}.
8963 @end deffn
8964
8965 @deffn {Variable} yynerrs
8966 Global variable which Bison increments each time it reports a syntax error.
8967 (In a pure parser, it is a local variable within @code{yyparse}.)
8968 @xref{Error Reporting, ,The Error Reporting Function @code{yyerror}}.
8969 @end deffn
8970
8971 @deffn {Function} yyparse
8972 The parser function produced by Bison; call this function to start
8973 parsing. @xref{Parser Function, ,The Parser Function @code{yyparse}}.
8974 @end deffn
8975
8976 @deffn {Macro} YYPARSE_PARAM
8977 An obsolete macro for specifying the name of a parameter that
8978 @code{yyparse} should accept. The use of this macro is deprecated, and
8979 is supported only for Yacc like parsers. @xref{Pure Calling,, Calling
8980 Conventions for Pure Parsers}.
8981 @end deffn
8982
8983 @deffn {Macro} YYRECOVERING
8984 The expression @code{YYRECOVERING ()} yields 1 when the parser
8985 is recovering from a syntax error, and 0 otherwise.
8986 @xref{Action Features, ,Special Features for Use in Actions}.
8987 @end deffn
8988
8989 @deffn {Macro} YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA
8990 Macro used to control the use of @code{alloca} when the C
8991 @acronym{LALR}(1) parser needs to extend its stacks. If defined to 0,
8992 the parser will use @code{malloc} to extend its stacks. If defined to
8993 1, the parser will use @code{alloca}. Values other than 0 and 1 are
8994 reserved for future Bison extensions. If not defined,
8995 @code{YYSTACK_USE_ALLOCA} defaults to 0.
8996
8997 In the all-too-common case where your code may run on a host with a
8998 limited stack and with unreliable stack-overflow checking, you should
8999 set @code{YYMAXDEPTH} to a value that cannot possibly result in
9000 unchecked stack overflow on any of your target hosts when
9001 @code{alloca} is called. You can inspect the code that Bison
9002 generates in order to determine the proper numeric values. This will
9003 require some expertise in low-level implementation details.
9004 @end deffn
9005
9006 @deffn {Type} YYSTYPE
9007 Data type of semantic values; @code{int} by default.
9008 @xref{Value Type, ,Data Types of Semantic Values}.
9009 @end deffn
9010
9011 @node Glossary
9012 @appendix Glossary
9013 @cindex glossary
9014
9015 @table @asis
9016 @item Backus-Naur Form (@acronym{BNF}; also called ``Backus Normal Form'')
9017 Formal method of specifying context-free grammars originally proposed
9018 by John Backus, and slightly improved by Peter Naur in his 1960-01-02
9019 committee document contributing to what became the Algol 60 report.
9020 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9021
9022 @item Context-free grammars
9023 Grammars specified as rules that can be applied regardless of context.
9024 Thus, if there is a rule which says that an integer can be used as an
9025 expression, integers are allowed @emph{anywhere} an expression is
9026 permitted. @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free
9027 Grammars}.
9028
9029 @item Dynamic allocation
9030 Allocation of memory that occurs during execution, rather than at
9031 compile time or on entry to a function.
9032
9033 @item Empty string
9034 Analogous to the empty set in set theory, the empty string is a
9035 character string of length zero.
9036
9037 @item Finite-state stack machine
9038 A ``machine'' that has discrete states in which it is said to exist at
9039 each instant in time. As input to the machine is processed, the
9040 machine moves from state to state as specified by the logic of the
9041 machine. In the case of the parser, the input is the language being
9042 parsed, and the states correspond to various stages in the grammar
9043 rules. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9044
9045 @item Generalized @acronym{LR} (@acronym{GLR})
9046 A parsing algorithm that can handle all context-free grammars, including those
9047 that are not @acronym{LALR}(1). It resolves situations that Bison's
9048 usual @acronym{LALR}(1)
9049 algorithm cannot by effectively splitting off multiple parsers, trying all
9050 possible parsers, and discarding those that fail in the light of additional
9051 right context. @xref{Generalized LR Parsing, ,Generalized
9052 @acronym{LR} Parsing}.
9053
9054 @item Grouping
9055 A language construct that is (in general) grammatically divisible;
9056 for example, `expression' or `declaration' in C@.
9057 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9058
9059 @item Infix operator
9060 An arithmetic operator that is placed between the operands on which it
9061 performs some operation.
9062
9063 @item Input stream
9064 A continuous flow of data between devices or programs.
9065
9066 @item Language construct
9067 One of the typical usage schemas of the language. For example, one of
9068 the constructs of the C language is the @code{if} statement.
9069 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9070
9071 @item Left associativity
9072 Operators having left associativity are analyzed from left to right:
9073 @samp{a+b+c} first computes @samp{a+b} and then combines with
9074 @samp{c}. @xref{Precedence, ,Operator Precedence}.
9075
9076 @item Left recursion
9077 A rule whose result symbol is also its first component symbol; for
9078 example, @samp{expseq1 : expseq1 ',' exp;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9079 Rules}.
9080
9081 @item Left-to-right parsing
9082 Parsing a sentence of a language by analyzing it token by token from
9083 left to right. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9084
9085 @item Lexical analyzer (scanner)
9086 A function that reads an input stream and returns tokens one by one.
9087 @xref{Lexical, ,The Lexical Analyzer Function @code{yylex}}.
9088
9089 @item Lexical tie-in
9090 A flag, set by actions in the grammar rules, which alters the way
9091 tokens are parsed. @xref{Lexical Tie-ins}.
9092
9093 @item Literal string token
9094 A token which consists of two or more fixed characters. @xref{Symbols}.
9095
9096 @item Lookahead token
9097 A token already read but not yet shifted. @xref{Lookahead, ,Lookahead
9098 Tokens}.
9099
9100 @item @acronym{LALR}(1)
9101 The class of context-free grammars that Bison (like most other parser
9102 generators) can handle; a subset of @acronym{LR}(1). @xref{Mystery
9103 Conflicts, ,Mysterious Reduce/Reduce Conflicts}.
9104
9105 @item @acronym{LR}(1)
9106 The class of context-free grammars in which at most one token of
9107 lookahead is needed to disambiguate the parsing of any piece of input.
9108
9109 @item Nonterminal symbol
9110 A grammar symbol standing for a grammatical construct that can
9111 be expressed through rules in terms of smaller constructs; in other
9112 words, a construct that is not a token. @xref{Symbols}.
9113
9114 @item Parser
9115 A function that recognizes valid sentences of a language by analyzing
9116 the syntax structure of a set of tokens passed to it from a lexical
9117 analyzer.
9118
9119 @item Postfix operator
9120 An arithmetic operator that is placed after the operands upon which it
9121 performs some operation.
9122
9123 @item Reduction
9124 Replacing a string of nonterminals and/or terminals with a single
9125 nonterminal, according to a grammar rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison
9126 Parser Algorithm}.
9127
9128 @item Reentrant
9129 A reentrant subprogram is a subprogram which can be in invoked any
9130 number of times in parallel, without interference between the various
9131 invocations. @xref{Pure Decl, ,A Pure (Reentrant) Parser}.
9132
9133 @item Reverse polish notation
9134 A language in which all operators are postfix operators.
9135
9136 @item Right recursion
9137 A rule whose result symbol is also its last component symbol; for
9138 example, @samp{expseq1: exp ',' expseq1;}. @xref{Recursion, ,Recursive
9139 Rules}.
9140
9141 @item Semantics
9142 In computer languages, the semantics are specified by the actions
9143 taken for each instance of the language, i.e., the meaning of
9144 each statement. @xref{Semantics, ,Defining Language Semantics}.
9145
9146 @item Shift
9147 A parser is said to shift when it makes the choice of analyzing
9148 further input from the stream rather than reducing immediately some
9149 already-recognized rule. @xref{Algorithm, ,The Bison Parser Algorithm}.
9150
9151 @item Single-character literal
9152 A single character that is recognized and interpreted as is.
9153 @xref{Grammar in Bison, ,From Formal Rules to Bison Input}.
9154
9155 @item Start symbol
9156 The nonterminal symbol that stands for a complete valid utterance in
9157 the language being parsed. The start symbol is usually listed as the
9158 first nonterminal symbol in a language specification.
9159 @xref{Start Decl, ,The Start-Symbol}.
9160
9161 @item Symbol table
9162 A data structure where symbol names and associated data are stored
9163 during parsing to allow for recognition and use of existing
9164 information in repeated uses of a symbol. @xref{Multi-function Calc}.
9165
9166 @item Syntax error
9167 An error encountered during parsing of an input stream due to invalid
9168 syntax. @xref{Error Recovery}.
9169
9170 @item Token
9171 A basic, grammatically indivisible unit of a language. The symbol
9172 that describes a token in the grammar is a terminal symbol.
9173 The input of the Bison parser is a stream of tokens which comes from
9174 the lexical analyzer. @xref{Symbols}.
9175
9176 @item Terminal symbol
9177 A grammar symbol that has no rules in the grammar and therefore is
9178 grammatically indivisible. The piece of text it represents is a token.
9179 @xref{Language and Grammar, ,Languages and Context-Free Grammars}.
9180 @end table
9181
9182 @node Copying This Manual
9183 @appendix Copying This Manual
9184
9185 @menu
9186 * GNU Free Documentation License:: License for copying this manual.
9187 @end menu
9188
9189 @include fdl.texi
9190
9191 @node Index
9192 @unnumbered Index
9193
9194 @printindex cp
9195
9196 @bye
9197
9198 @c LocalWords: texinfo setfilename settitle setchapternewpage finalout
9199 @c LocalWords: ifinfo smallbook shorttitlepage titlepage GPL FIXME iftex
9200 @c LocalWords: akim fn cp syncodeindex vr tp synindex dircategory direntry
9201 @c LocalWords: ifset vskip pt filll insertcopying sp ISBN Etienne Suvasa
9202 @c LocalWords: ifnottex yyparse detailmenu GLR RPN Calc var Decls Rpcalc
9203 @c LocalWords: rpcalc Lexer Gen Comp Expr ltcalc mfcalc Decl Symtab yylex
9204 @c LocalWords: yyerror pxref LR yylval cindex dfn LALR samp gpl BNF xref
9205 @c LocalWords: const int paren ifnotinfo AC noindent emph expr stmt findex
9206 @c LocalWords: glr YYSTYPE TYPENAME prog dprec printf decl init stmtMerge
9207 @c LocalWords: pre STDC GNUC endif yy YY alloca lf stddef stdlib YYDEBUG
9208 @c LocalWords: NUM exp subsubsection kbd Ctrl ctype EOF getchar isdigit
9209 @c LocalWords: ungetc stdin scanf sc calc ulator ls lm cc NEG prec yyerrok
9210 @c LocalWords: longjmp fprintf stderr preg yylloc YYLTYPE cos ln
9211 @c LocalWords: smallexample symrec val tptr FNCT fnctptr func struct sym
9212 @c LocalWords: fnct putsym getsym fname arith fncts atan ptr malloc sizeof
9213 @c LocalWords: strlen strcpy fctn strcmp isalpha symbuf realloc isalnum
9214 @c LocalWords: ptypes itype YYPRINT trigraphs yytname expseq vindex dtype
9215 @c LocalWords: Rhs YYRHSLOC LE nonassoc op deffn typeless typefull yynerrs
9216 @c LocalWords: yychar yydebug msg YYNTOKENS YYNNTS YYNRULES YYNSTATES
9217 @c LocalWords: cparse clex deftypefun NE defmac YYACCEPT YYABORT param
9218 @c LocalWords: strncmp intval tindex lvalp locp llocp typealt YYBACKUP
9219 @c LocalWords: YYEMPTY YYEOF YYRECOVERING yyclearin GE def UMINUS maybeword
9220 @c LocalWords: Johnstone Shamsa Sadaf Hussain Tomita TR uref YYMAXDEPTH
9221 @c LocalWords: YYINITDEPTH stmnts ref stmnt initdcl maybeasm notype
9222 @c LocalWords: hexflag STR exdent itemset asis DYYDEBUG YYFPRINTF args
9223 @c LocalWords: infile ypp yxx outfile itemx tex leaderfill
9224 @c LocalWords: hbox hss hfill tt ly yyin fopen fclose ofirst gcc ll
9225 @c LocalWords: yyrestart nbar yytext fst snd osplit ntwo strdup AST
9226 @c LocalWords: YYSTACK DVI fdl printindex